Skip site navigation (1)Skip section navigation (2)

FreeBSD Manual Pages

  
 
  

home | help
BASH(1)			    General Commands Manual		       BASH(1)

NAME
       bash - GNU Bourne-Again SHell

SYNOPSIS
       bash [options] [command_string |	file]

COPYRIGHT
       Bash is Copyright (C) 1989-2022 by the Free Software Foundation,	Inc.

DESCRIPTION
       Bash  is	 an  sh-compatible  command language interpreter that executes
       commands	read from the standard input or	from a file.  Bash also	incor-
       porates useful features from the	Korn and C shells (ksh and csh).

       Bash is intended	to be a	conformant implementation  of  the  Shell  and
       Utilities  portion  of  the  IEEE  POSIX	 specification	(IEEE Standard
       1003.1).	 Bash can be configured	to be POSIX-conformant by default.

OPTIONS
       All of the single-character shell options documented in the description
       of the set builtin command, including -o, can be	used as	 options  when
       the  shell  is invoked.	In addition, bash interprets the following op-
       tions when it is	invoked:

       -c	 If the	-c option is present, then commands are	read from  the
		 first non-option argument command_string.  If there are argu-
		 ments	after  the  command_string,  the first argument	is as-
		 signed	to $0 and any remaining	arguments are assigned to  the
		 positional parameters.	 The assignment	to $0 sets the name of
		 the shell, which is used in warning and error messages.
       -i	 If the	-i option is present, the shell	is interactive.
       -l	 Make bash act as if it	had been invoked as a login shell (see
		 INVOCATION below).
       -r	 If  the  -r  option  is present, the shell becomes restricted
		 (see RESTRICTED SHELL below).
       -s	 If the	-s option is present, or if no arguments remain	 after
		 option	 processing,  then commands are	read from the standard
		 input.	 This option allows the	positional  parameters	to  be
		 set  when invoking an interactive shell or when reading input
		 through a pipe.
       -D	 A list	of all double-quoted strings preceded by $ is  printed
		 on  the standard output.  These are the strings that are sub-
		 ject to language translation when the current locale is not C
		 or POSIX.  This implies the -n	option;	no  commands  will  be
		 executed.
       [-+]O [shopt_option]
		 shopt_option  is  one	of  the	 shell options accepted	by the
		 shopt	builtin	 (see  SHELL  BUILTIN  COMMANDS	 below).    If
		 shopt_option is present, -O sets the value of that option; +O
		 unsets	 it.   If  shopt_option	is not supplied, the names and
		 values	of the shell options accepted by shopt are printed  on
		 the  standard	output.	  If  the invocation option is +O, the
		 output	is displayed in	a format that may be reused as input.
       --	 A -- signals the end of options and disables  further	option
		 processing.   Any arguments after the -- are treated as file-
		 names and arguments.  An argument of -	is equivalent to --.

       Bash also interprets a number of	multi-character	 options.   These  op-
       tions  must  appear on the command line before the single-character op-
       tions to	be recognized.

       --debugger
	      Arrange for the debugger profile to be executed before the shell
	      starts.  Turns on	extended debugging mode	(see  the  description
	      of the extdebug option to	the shopt builtin below).
       --dump-po-strings
	      Equivalent  to  -D,  but	the  output  is	 in the	GNU gettext po
	      (portable	object)	file format.
       --dump-strings
	      Equivalent to -D.
       --help Display a	usage message on standard  output  and	exit  success-
	      fully.
       --init-file file
       --rcfile	file
	      Execute commands from file instead of the	standard personal ini-
	      tialization  file	~/.bashrc if the shell is interactive (see IN-
	      VOCATION below).

       --login
	      Equivalent to -l.

       --noediting
	      Do not use the GNU readline library to read command  lines  when
	      the shell	is interactive.

       --noprofile
	      Do  not  read  either  the  system-wide  startup	file  /usr/lo-
	      cal/etc/profile or any  of  the  personal	 initialization	 files
	      ~/.bash_profile, ~/.bash_login, or ~/.profile.  By default, bash
	      reads these files	when it	is invoked as a	login shell (see INVO-
	      CATION below).

       --norc Do  not  read  and  execute  the	personal  initialization  file
	      ~/.bashrc	if the shell is	interactive.  This option is on	by de-
	      fault if the shell is invoked as sh.

       --posix
	      Change the behavior of bash where	the default operation  differs
	      from the POSIX standard to match the standard (posix mode).  See
	      SEE  ALSO	 below	for a reference	to a document that details how
	      posix mode affects bash's	behavior.

       --restricted
	      The shell	becomes	restricted (see	RESTRICTED SHELL below).

       --verbose
	      Equivalent to -v.

       --version
	      Show version information for this	instance of bash on the	 stan-
	      dard output and exit successfully.

ARGUMENTS
       If arguments remain after option	processing, and	neither	the -c nor the
       -s  option  has	been supplied, the first argument is assumed to	be the
       name of a file containing shell commands.  If bash is invoked  in  this
       fashion,	 $0 is set to the name of the file, and	the positional parame-
       ters are	set to the remaining arguments.	 Bash reads and	executes  com-
       mands  from this	file, then exits.  Bash's exit status is the exit sta-
       tus of the last command executed	in the script.	If no commands are ex-
       ecuted, the exit	status is 0.  An attempt is first  made	 to  open  the
       file in the current directory, and, if no file is found,	then the shell
       searches	the directories	in PATH	for the	script.

INVOCATION
       A  login	shell is one whose first character of argument zero is a -, or
       one started with	the --login option.

       An interactive shell is one started without non-option  arguments  (un-
       less  -s	 is specified) and without the -c option, whose	standard input
       and error are both connected to terminals (as determined	by isatty(3)),
       or one started with the -i option.  PS1 is set and  $-  includes	 i  if
       bash  is	interactive, allowing a	shell script or	a startup file to test
       this state.

       The following paragraphs	describe how bash executes its startup	files.
       If  any	of  the	files exist but	cannot be read,	bash reports an	error.
       Tildes are expanded in filenames	as described below under Tilde	Expan-
       sion in the EXPANSION section.

       When  bash is invoked as	an interactive login shell, or as a non-inter-
       active shell with the --login option, it	first reads and	executes  com-
       mands from the file /usr/local/etc/profile, if that file	exists.	 After
       reading	that  file,  it	 looks for ~/.bash_profile, ~/.bash_login, and
       ~/.profile, in that order, and reads and	 executes  commands  from  the
       first  one  that	exists and is readable.	 The --noprofile option	may be
       used when the shell is started to inhibit this behavior.

       When an interactive login shell exits, or a non-interactive login shell
       executes	the exit builtin command, bash	reads  and  executes  commands
       from the	file ~/.bash_logout, if	it exists.

       When  an	 interactive  shell that is not	a login	shell is started, bash
       reads and executes commands from	~/.bashrc, if that file	exists.	  This
       may  be inhibited by using the --norc option.  The --rcfile file	option
       will force bash to read and  execute  commands  from  file  instead  of
       ~/.bashrc.

       When  bash is started non-interactively,	to run a shell script, for ex-
       ample, it looks for the variable	BASH_ENV in the	 environment,  expands
       its  value if it	appears	there, and uses	the expanded value as the name
       of a file to read and execute.  Bash behaves as if the  following  com-
       mand were executed:
	      if [ -n "$BASH_ENV" ]; then . "$BASH_ENV"; fi
       but  the	value of the PATH variable is not used to search for the file-
       name.

       If bash is invoked with the name	sh, it tries to	mimic the startup  be-
       havior  of historical versions of sh as closely as possible, while con-
       forming to the POSIX standard as	well.  When invoked as an  interactive
       login  shell,  or  a  non-interactive shell with	the --login option, it
       first attempts to read and execute commands from	/usr/local/etc/profile
       and ~/.profile, in that order.  The --noprofile option may be  used  to
       inhibit	this  behavior.	 When invoked as an interactive	shell with the
       name sh,	bash looks for the variable ENV, expands its value  if	it  is
       defined,	 and uses the expanded value as	the name of a file to read and
       execute.	 Since a shell invoked as sh does not attempt to read and exe-
       cute commands from any other startup files, the --rcfile	option has  no
       effect.	 A non-interactive shell invoked with the name sh does not at-
       tempt to	read any other startup files.  When invoked as sh, bash	enters
       posix mode after	the startup files are read.

       When bash is started in posix mode, as with the	--posix	 command  line
       option, it follows the POSIX standard for startup files.	 In this mode,
       interactive  shells  expand  the	ENV variable and commands are read and
       executed	from the file whose name is  the  expanded  value.   No	 other
       startup files are read.

       Bash attempts to	determine when it is being run with its	standard input
       connected  to  a	network	connection, as when executed by	the historical
       remote shell daemon, usually rshd, or the secure	shell daemon sshd.  If
       bash determines it is being run non-interactively in this  fashion,  it
       reads  and executes commands from ~/.bashrc, if that file exists	and is
       readable.  It will not do this if invoked as sh.	 The --norc option may
       be used to inhibit this behavior, and the --rcfile option may  be  used
       to  force  another file to be read, but neither rshd nor	sshd generally
       invoke the shell	with those options or allow them to be specified.

       If the shell is started with the	effective user (group) id not equal to
       the real	user (group) id, and the -p option is not supplied, no startup
       files are read, shell functions are not inherited from the environment,
       the SHELLOPTS, BASHOPTS,	CDPATH,	and GLOBIGNORE variables, if they  ap-
       pear  in	the environment, are ignored, and the effective	user id	is set
       to the real user	id.  If	the -p option is supplied at  invocation,  the
       startup behavior	is the same, but the effective user id is not reset.

DEFINITIONS
       The  following  definitions  are	used throughout	the rest of this docu-
       ment.
       blank  A	space or tab.
       word   A	sequence of characters considered as  a	 single	 unit  by  the
	      shell.  Also known as a token.
       name   A	 word  consisting  only	 of alphanumeric characters and	under-
	      scores, and beginning with an alphabetic character or an	under-
	      score.  Also referred to as an identifier.
       metacharacter
	      A	 character  that,  when	unquoted, separates words.  One	of the
	      following:
	      |	 & ; ( ) < > space tab newline
       control operator
	      A	token that performs a control function.	 It is one of the fol-
	      lowing symbols:
	      || & && ;	;; ;& ;;& ( ) |	|& <newline>

RESERVED WORDS
       Reserved	words are words	that have a special meaning to the shell.  The
       following words are recognized as reserved when unquoted	and either the
       first word of a command (see SHELL GRAMMAR below), the third word of  a
       case  or	 select	command	(only in is valid), or the third word of a for
       command (only in	and do are valid):

       ! case  coproc  do done elif else esac fi for  function	if  in	select
       then until while	{ } time [[ ]]

SHELL GRAMMAR
       This  section  describes	 the syntax of the various forms of shell com-
       mands.

   Simple Commands
       A simple	command	is a sequence of optional  variable  assignments  fol-
       lowed  by  blank-separated  words and redirections, and terminated by a
       control operator.  The first word specifies the command to be executed,
       and is passed as	argument zero.	The remaining words are	passed as  ar-
       guments to the invoked command.

       The  return  value  of a	simple command is its exit status, or 128+n if
       the command is terminated by signal n.

   Pipelines
       A pipeline is a sequence	of one or more commands	separated  by  one  of
       the control operators | or |&.  The format for a	pipeline is:

	      [time [-p]] [ ! ]	command1 [ [|||&] command2 ... ]

       The standard output of command1 is connected via	a pipe to the standard
       input  of  command2.   This connection is performed before any redirec-
       tions specified by the command1(see REDIRECTION below).	If |& is used,
       command1's standard error, in addition to its standard output, is  con-
       nected  to  command2's standard input through the pipe; it is shorthand
       for 2>&1	|.  This implicit redirection of the  standard	error  to  the
       standard	 output	 is performed after any	redirections specified by com-
       mand1.

       The return status of a pipeline is the exit status of the last command,
       unless the pipefail option is enabled.  If  pipefail  is	 enabled,  the
       pipeline's  return  status is the value of the last (rightmost) command
       to exit with a non-zero status, or zero if all commands	exit  success-
       fully.  If the reserved word !  precedes	a pipeline, the	exit status of
       that  pipeline  is the logical negation of the exit status as described
       above.  The shell waits for all commands	in the pipeline	 to  terminate
       before returning	a value.

       If  the	time reserved word precedes a pipeline,	the elapsed as well as
       user and	system time consumed by	its execution are  reported  when  the
       pipeline	 terminates.   The -p option changes the output	format to that
       specified by POSIX.  When the shell is in posix mode, it	does not  rec-
       ognize  time  as	 a  reserved word if the next token begins with	a `-'.
       The TIMEFORMAT variable may be set to a format  string  that  specifies
       how  the	timing information should be displayed;	see the	description of
       TIMEFORMAT under	Shell Variables	below.

       When the	shell is in posix mode,	time may be followed by	a newline.  In
       this case, the shell displays the total user and	system	time  consumed
       by  the shell and its children.	The TIMEFORMAT variable	may be used to
       specify the format of the time information.

       Each command in a multi-command pipeline, where pipes are  created,  is
       executed	 in a subshell,	which is a separate process.  See COMMAND EXE-
       CUTION ENVIRONMENT for a	description of subshells and a subshell	 envi-
       ronment.	  If  the  lastpipe  option is enabled using the shopt builtin
       (see the	description of shopt below), the last element  of  a  pipeline
       may be run by the shell process when job	control	is not active.

   Lists
       A  list	is a sequence of one or	more pipelines separated by one	of the
       operators ;, &, &&, or ||, and optionally terminated by one of ;, &, or
       <newline>.

       Of these	list operators,	&& and || have equal precedence, followed by ;
       and &, which have equal precedence.

       A sequence of one or more newlines may appear in	a list	instead	 of  a
       semicolon to delimit commands.

       If  a  command  is terminated by	the control operator &,	the shell exe-
       cutes the command in the	background in a	subshell.  The shell does  not
       wait  for the command to	finish,	and the	return status is 0.  These are
       referred	to as asynchronous commands.  Commands separated by  a	;  are
       executed	sequentially; the shell	waits for each command to terminate in
       turn.   The  return  status is the exit status of the last command exe-
       cuted.

       AND and OR lists	are sequences of one or	more  pipelines	 separated  by
       the  &&	and  ||	control	operators, respectively.  AND and OR lists are
       executed	with left associativity.  An AND list has the form

	      command1 && command2

       command2	is executed if,	and only if, command1 returns an  exit	status
       of zero (success).

       An OR list has the form

	      command1 || command2

       command2	 is executed if, and only if, command1 returns a non-zero exit
       status.	The return status of AND and OR	lists is the  exit  status  of
       the last	command	executed in the	list.

   Compound Commands
       A  compound command is one of the following.  In	most cases a list in a
       command's description may be separated from the rest of the command  by
       one  or	more  newlines,	and may	be followed by a newline in place of a
       semicolon.

       (list) list is executed in a subshell (see COMMAND  EXECUTION  ENVIRON-
	      MENT  below for a	description of a subshell environment).	 Vari-
	      able assignments and builtin commands that  affect  the  shell's
	      environment do not remain	in effect after	the command completes.
	      The return status	is the exit status of list.

       { list; }
	      list  is simply executed in the current shell environment.  list
	      must be terminated with a	newline	or semicolon.  This  is	 known
	      as  a  group  command.   The return status is the	exit status of
	      list.  Note that unlike the metacharacters ( and ), { and	}  are
	      reserved words and must occur where a reserved word is permitted
	      to  be  recognized.   Since they do not cause a word break, they
	      must be separated	from  list  by	whitespace  or	another	 shell
	      metacharacter.

       ((expression))
	      The expression is	evaluated according to the rules described be-
	      low under	ARITHMETIC EVALUATION.	If the value of	the expression
	      is non-zero, the return status is	0; otherwise the return	status
	      is  1.   The  expression	undergoes the same expansions as if it
	      were within double quotes, but double quote  characters  in  ex-
	      pression are not treated specially and are removed.

       [[ expression ]]
	      Return  a	 status	 of  0 or 1 depending on the evaluation	of the
	      conditional expression expression.  Expressions are composed  of
	      the  primaries  described	 below	under CONDITIONAL EXPRESSIONS.
	      The words	between	the [[ and ]] do not  undergo  word  splitting
	      and pathname expansion.  The shell performs tilde	expansion, pa-
	      rameter  and  variable  expansion, arithmetic expansion, command
	      substitution, process substitution, and quote removal  on	 those
	      words  (the  expansions  that  would occur if the	words were en-
	      closed in	double quotes).	 Conditional operators such as -f must
	      be unquoted to be	recognized as primaries.

	      When used	with [[, the < and > operators sort  lexicographically
	      using the	current	locale.

	      When  the	 == and	!= operators are used, the string to the right
	      of the operator is considered a pattern and matched according to
	      the rules	described below	under Pattern Matching,	as if the ext-
	      glob shell option	were enabled.  The = operator is equivalent to
	      ==.  If the nocasematch shell option is enabled,	the  match  is
	      performed	 without  regard to the	case of	alphabetic characters.
	      The return value is 0 if the string matches  (==)	 or  does  not
	      match  (!=)  the pattern,	and 1 otherwise.  Any part of the pat-
	      tern may be quoted to force the quoted portion to	be matched  as
	      a	string.

	      An  additional  binary operator, =~, is available, with the same
	      precedence as == and !=.	When it	is used,  the  string  to  the
	      right of the operator is considered a POSIX extended regular ex-
	      pression	and  matched  accordingly (using the POSIX regcomp and
	      regexec interfaces usually described in regex(3)).   The	return
	      value  is	 0 if the string matches the pattern, and 1 otherwise.
	      If the regular expression	is syntactically incorrect, the	condi-
	      tional expression's return value is 2.  If the nocasematch shell
	      option is	enabled, the match is performed	without	regard to  the
	      case  of	alphabetic  characters.	 If any	part of	the pattern is
	      quoted, the quoted portion is  matched  literally.   This	 means
	      every character in the quoted portion matches itself, instead of
	      having  any special pattern matching meaning.  If	the pattern is
	      stored in	a  shell  variable,  quoting  the  variable  expansion
	      forces  the  entire  pattern  to	be  matched  literally.	 Treat
	      bracket expressions in regular expressions carefully, since nor-
	      mal quoting and pattern characters lose their  meanings  between
	      brackets.

	      The  pattern  will  match	 if it matches any part	of the string.
	      Anchor the pattern using the ^ and $ regular  expression	opera-
	      tors to force it to match	the entire string.  The	array variable
	      BASH_REMATCH  records which parts	of the string matched the pat-
	      tern.  The element of BASH_REMATCH with  index  0	 contains  the
	      portion  of  the	string matching	the entire regular expression.
	      Substrings matched by parenthesized  subexpressions  within  the
	      regular  expression  are saved in	the remaining BASH_REMATCH in-
	      dices. The element of BASH_REMATCH with index n is  the  portion
	      of  the  string  matching	 the  nth parenthesized	subexpression.
	      Bash sets	BASH_REMATCH in	the global scope; declaring  it	 as  a
	      local variable will lead to unexpected results.

	      Expressions  may	be  combined  using  the  following operators,
	      listed in	decreasing order of precedence:

	      (	expression )
		     Returns the value of expression.  This  may  be  used  to
		     override the normal precedence of operators.
	      !	expression
		     True if expression	is false.
	      expression1 && expression2
		     True if both expression1 and expression2 are true.
	      expression1 || expression2
		     True if either expression1	or expression2 is true.

	      The && and || operators do not evaluate expression2 if the value
	      of  expression1  is  sufficient to determine the return value of
	      the entire conditional expression.

       for name	[ [ in [ word ... ] ] ;	] do list ; done
	      The list of words	following in is	expanded, generating a list of
	      items.  The variable name	is set to each element of this list in
	      turn, and	list is	executed each time.  If	the in word  is	 omit-
	      ted,  the	for command executes list once for each	positional pa-
	      rameter that is set (see PARAMETERS below).  The	return	status
	      is  the  exit  status of the last	command	that executes.	If the
	      expansion	of the items following in results in an	empty list, no
	      commands are executed, and the return status is 0.

       for (( expr1 ; expr2 ; expr3 )) ; do list ; done
	      First, the arithmetic expression expr1 is	evaluated according to
	      the rules	described  below  under	 ARITHMETIC  EVALUATION.   The
	      arithmetic  expression  expr2 is then evaluated repeatedly until
	      it evaluates to zero.  Each time expr2 evaluates to  a  non-zero
	      value,  list  is executed	and the	arithmetic expression expr3 is
	      evaluated.  If any expression is omitted,	it behaves  as	if  it
	      evaluates	to 1.  The return value	is the exit status of the last
	      command in list that is executed,	or false if any	of the expres-
	      sions is invalid.

       select name [ in	word ] ; do list ; done
	      The list of words	following in is	expanded, generating a list of
	      items,  and the set of expanded words is printed on the standard
	      error, each preceded by a	number.	 If the	in  word  is  omitted,
	      the  positional  parameters  are printed (see PARAMETERS below).
	      select then displays the PS3 prompt and reads a  line  from  the
	      standard	input.	If the line consists of	a number corresponding
	      to one of	the displayed words, then the value of name is set  to
	      that  word.  If the line is empty, the words and prompt are dis-
	      played again.  If	EOF is read, the select	command	completes  and
	      returns  1.  Any other value read	causes name to be set to null.
	      The line read is saved in	the variable REPLY.  The list is  exe-
	      cuted  after  each  selection until a break command is executed.
	      The exit status of select	is the exit status of the last command
	      executed in list,	or zero	if no commands were executed.

       case word in [ [(] pattern [ | pattern ]	... ) list ;; ]	... esac
	      A	case command first expands word, and tries to match it against
	      each pattern in turn, using the matching rules  described	 under
	      Pattern Matching below.  The word	is expanded using tilde	expan-
	      sion,  parameter	and  variable expansion, arithmetic expansion,
	      command substitution, process substitution  and  quote  removal.
	      Each pattern examined is expanded	using tilde expansion, parame-
	      ter  and	variable expansion, arithmetic expansion, command sub-
	      stitution, process substitution, and quote removal.  If the  no-
	      casematch	 shell option is enabled, the match is performed with-
	      out regard to the	case of	alphabetic characters.	When  a	 match
	      is  found, the corresponding list	is executed.  If the ;;	opera-
	      tor is used, no subsequent matches are attempted after the first
	      pattern match.  Using ;& in place	of ;; causes execution to con-
	      tinue with the list associated with the next  set	 of  patterns.
	      Using  ;;& in place of ;;	causes the shell to test the next pat-
	      tern list	in the statement, if any, and execute  any  associated
	      list on a	successful match, continuing the case statement	execu-
	      tion as if the pattern list had not matched.  The	exit status is
	      zero if no pattern matches.  Otherwise, it is the	exit status of
	      the last command executed	in list.

       if list;	then list; [ elif list;	then list; ] ... [ else	list; ]	fi
	      The  if  list is executed.  If its exit status is	zero, the then
	      list is executed.	 Otherwise, each  elif	list  is  executed  in
	      turn,  and  if  its  exit	status is zero,	the corresponding then
	      list is executed and the command completes.  Otherwise, the else
	      list is executed,	if present.  The exit status is	the exit  sta-
	      tus of the last command executed,	or zero	if no condition	tested
	      true.

       while list-1; do	list-2;	done
       until list-1; do	list-2;	done
	      The  while command continuously executes the list	list-2 as long
	      as the last command in the list list-1 returns an	exit status of
	      zero.  The until command is identical to the while command,  ex-
	      cept that	the test is negated: list-2 is executed	as long	as the
	      last command in list-1 returns a non-zero	exit status.  The exit
	      status of	the while and until commands is	the exit status	of the
	      last command executed in list-2, or zero if none was executed.

   Coprocesses
       A coprocess is a	shell command preceded by the coproc reserved word.  A
       coprocess  is  executed asynchronously in a subshell, as	if the command
       had been	terminated with	the & control operator,	with  a	 two-way  pipe
       established between the executing shell and the coprocess.

       The syntax for a	coprocess is:

	      coproc [NAME] command [redirections]

       This  creates  a	 coprocess named NAME.	command	may be either a	simple
       command or a compound command (see above).  NAME	is  a  shell  variable
       name.  If NAME is not supplied, the default name	is COPROC.

       The recommended form to use for a coprocess is

	      coproc NAME { command [redirections]; }

       This  form  is  recommended  because  simple commands result in the co-
       process always being named COPROC, and it is simpler to	use  and  more
       complete	than the other compound	commands.

       If  command is a	compound command, NAME is optional. The	word following
       coproc determines whether that word is interpreted as a variable	 name:
       it  is interpreted as NAME if it	is not a reserved word that introduces
       a compound command.  If command is a simple command, NAME  is  not  al-
       lowed;  this  is	 to avoid confusion between NAME and the first word of
       the simple command.

       When the	coprocess is executed, the shell  creates  an  array  variable
       (see  Arrays  below)  named NAME	in the context of the executing	shell.
       The standard output of command is connected via a pipe to  a  file  de-
       scriptor	 in  the executing shell, and that file	descriptor is assigned
       to NAME[0].  The	standard input of command is connected via a pipe to a
       file descriptor in the executing	shell, and that	file descriptor	is as-
       signed to NAME[1].  This	pipe is	established  before  any  redirections
       specified by the	command	(see REDIRECTION below).  The file descriptors
       can  be	utilized as arguments to shell commands	and redirections using
       standard	word expansions.  Other	than those created to execute  command
       and  process  substitutions,  the file descriptors are not available in
       subshells.

       The process ID of the shell spawned to execute the coprocess is	avail-
       able  as	 the value of the variable NAME_PID.  The wait builtin command
       may be used to wait for the coprocess to	terminate.

       Since the coprocess is created as an asynchronous command,  the	coproc
       command	always	returns	 success.  The return status of	a coprocess is
       the exit	status of command.

   Shell Function Definitions
       A shell function	is an object that is called like a simple command  and
       executes	 a  compound  command with a new set of	positional parameters.
       Shell functions are declared as follows:

       fname ()	compound-command [redirection]
       function	fname [()] compound-command [redirection]
	      This defines a function named fname.  The	reserved word function
	      is optional.  If the function reserved  word  is	supplied,  the
	      parentheses  are optional.  The body of the function is the com-
	      pound command compound-command (see  Compound  Commands  above).
	      That  command is usually a list of commands between { and	}, but
	      may be any command listed	under Compound Commands	above.	If the
	      function reserved	word is	used, but the parentheses are not sup-
	      plied, the braces	are recommended.  compound-command is executed
	      whenever fname is	specified as the name  of  a  simple  command.
	      When in posix mode, fname	must be	a valid	shell name and may not
	      be  the  name  of	one of the POSIX special builtins.  In default
	      mode, a function name can	be any unquoted	shell word  that  does
	      not  contain $.  Any redirections	(see REDIRECTION below)	speci-
	      fied when	a function is defined are performed when the  function
	      is  executed.   The exit status of a function definition is zero
	      unless a syntax error occurs or a	 readonly  function  with  the
	      same  name  already exists.  When	executed, the exit status of a
	      function is the exit status of the last command executed in  the
	      body.  (See FUNCTIONS below.)

COMMENTS
       In a non-interactive shell, or an interactive shell in which the	inter-
       active_comments	option	to  the	 shopt	builtin	 is enabled (see SHELL
       BUILTIN COMMANDS	below),	a word beginning with #	causes that  word  and
       all  remaining  characters  on that line	to be ignored.	An interactive
       shell without the interactive_comments option enabled  does  not	 allow
       comments.  The interactive_comments option is on	by default in interac-
       tive shells.

QUOTING
       Quoting	is used	to remove the special meaning of certain characters or
       words to	the shell.  Quoting can	be used	to disable  special  treatment
       for special characters, to prevent reserved words from being recognized
       as such,	and to prevent parameter expansion.

       Each  of	 the metacharacters listed above under DEFINITIONS has special
       meaning to the shell and	must be	quoted if it is	to represent itself.

       When the	command	history	expansion facilities are being used (see  HIS-
       TORY EXPANSION below), the history expansion character, usually !, must
       be quoted to prevent history expansion.

       There  are  three  quoting  mechanisms:	the  escape  character,	single
       quotes, and double quotes.

       A non-quoted backslash (\) is the escape	character.  It	preserves  the
       literal value of	the next character that	follows, with the exception of
       <newline>.   If a \<newline> pair appears, and the backslash is not it-
       self quoted, the	\<newline> is treated as a line	continuation (that is,
       it is removed from the input stream and effectively ignored).

       Enclosing characters in single quotes preserves the  literal  value  of
       each character within the quotes.  A single quote may not occur between
       single quotes, even when	preceded by a backslash.

       Enclosing  characters  in  double quotes	preserves the literal value of
       all characters within the quotes, with the exception of $, `,  \,  and,
       when history expansion is enabled, !.  When the shell is	in posix mode,
       the  !  has  no special meaning within double quotes, even when history
       expansion is enabled.  The characters $	and  `	retain	their  special
       meaning	within double quotes.  The backslash retains its special mean-
       ing only	when followed by one of	the following characters: $, `,	",  \,
       or  <newline>.	A  double  quote may be	quoted within double quotes by
       preceding it with a backslash.  If enabled, history expansion  will  be
       performed  unless  an  !	 appearing in double quotes is escaped using a
       backslash.  The backslash preceding the !  is not removed.

       The special parameters *	and @ have  special  meaning  when  in	double
       quotes (see PARAMETERS below).

       Character  sequences  of	 the  form  $'string' are treated as a special
       variant of single quotes.  The sequence expands to string,  with	 back-
       slash-escaped  characters in string replaced as specified by the	ANSI C
       standard.  Backslash escape sequences, if present, are decoded as  fol-
       lows:
	      \a     alert (bell)
	      \b     backspace
	      \e
	      \E     an	escape character
	      \f     form feed
	      \n     new line
	      \r     carriage return
	      \t     horizontal	tab
	      \v     vertical tab
	      \\     backslash
	      \'     single quote
	      \"     double quote
	      \?     question mark
	      \nnn   the  eight-bit  character	whose value is the octal value
		     nnn (one to three octal digits)
	      \xHH   the eight-bit character whose value  is  the  hexadecimal
		     value HH (one or two hex digits)
	      \uHHHH the  Unicode (ISO/IEC 10646) character whose value	is the
		     hexadecimal value HHHH (one to four hex digits)
	      \UHHHHHHHH
		     the Unicode (ISO/IEC 10646) character whose value is  the
		     hexadecimal value HHHHHHHH	(one to	eight hex digits)
	      \cx    a control-x character

       The  expanded  result  is  single-quoted, as if the dollar sign had not
       been present.

       A double-quoted string preceded by a dollar sign	($"string") will cause
       the string to be	translated according to	the current locale.  The  get-
       text  infrastructure  performs  the  lookup  and	translation, using the
       LC_MESSAGES, TEXTDOMAINDIR, and TEXTDOMAIN  shell  variables.   If  the
       current	locale	is C or	POSIX, if there	are no translations available,
       or if the string	is not translated, the dollar sign is  ignored.	  This
       is a form of double quoting, so the string remains double-quoted	by de-
       fault,  whether	or  not	 it  is	translated and replaced.  If the noex-
       pand_translation	option is enabled using	the shopt builtin,  translated
       strings	are  single-quoted instead of double-quoted.  See the descrip-
       tion of shopt below under SHELLBUILTINCOMMANDS.

PARAMETERS
       A parameter is an entity	that stores values.  It	can be a name, a  num-
       ber,  or	one of the special characters listed below under Special Para-
       meters.	A variable is a	parameter denoted by a name.  A	variable has a
       value and zero or more attributes.  Attributes are assigned  using  the
       declare builtin command (see declare below in SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS).

       A parameter is set if it	has been assigned a value.  The	null string is
       a  valid	 value.	 Once a	variable is set, it may	be unset only by using
       the unset builtin command (see SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS below).

       A variable may be assigned to by	a statement of the form

	      name=[value]

       If value	is not given, the variable is assigned the null	 string.   All
       values  undergo tilde expansion,	parameter and variable expansion, com-
       mand substitution, arithmetic expansion,	and quote removal (see	EXPAN-
       SION below).  If	the variable has its integer attribute set, then value
       is evaluated as an arithmetic expression	even if	the $((...)) expansion
       is not used (see	Arithmetic Expansion below).  Word splitting and path-
       name  expansion	are not	performed.  Assignment statements may also ap-
       pear as arguments to the	alias, declare,	typeset, export, readonly, and
       local builtin commands (declaration commands).	When  in  posix	 mode,
       these  builtins	may appear in a	command	after one or more instances of
       the command builtin and retain these assignment statement properties.

       In the context where an assignment statement is assigning a value to  a
       shell variable or array index, the += operator can be used to append to
       or  add	to  the	variable's previous value.  This includes arguments to
       builtin commands	such as	declare	that accept assignment statements (de-
       claration commands).  When += is	applied	to a variable  for  which  the
       integer attribute has been set, value is	evaluated as an	arithmetic ex-
       pression	and added to the variable's current value, which is also eval-
       uated.	When +=	is applied to an array variable	using compound assign-
       ment (see Arrays	below),	the variable's value is	not unset  (as	it  is
       when  using  =),	 and new values	are appended to	the array beginning at
       one greater than	the array's maximum  index  (for  indexed  arrays)  or
       added  as additional key-value pairs in an associative array.  When ap-
       plied to	a string-valued	variable, value	is expanded  and  appended  to
       the variable's value.

       A variable can be assigned the nameref attribute	using the -n option to
       the  declare or local builtin commands (see the descriptions of declare
       and local below)	to create a nameref, or	a reference to	another	 vari-
       able.   This  allows  variables to be manipulated indirectly.  Whenever
       the nameref variable is referenced, assigned to,	unset, or has its  at-
       tributes	 modified  (other than using or	changing the nameref attribute
       itself),	the operation is actually performed on the variable  specified
       by  the	nameref	 variable's  value.  A nameref is commonly used	within
       shell functions to refer	to a variable whose name is passed as an argu-
       ment to the function.  For instance, if a variable name is passed to  a
       shell function as its first argument, running
	      declare -n ref=$1
       inside  the  function creates a nameref variable	ref whose value	is the
       variable	name passed as the first argument.  References and assignments
       to ref, and changes to its attributes, are treated as  references,  as-
       signments,  and	attribute modifications	to the variable	whose name was
       passed as $1.  If the control variable in a for loop  has  the  nameref
       attribute,  the	list  of words can be a	list of	shell variables, and a
       name reference will be established for each word	in the list, in	 turn,
       when the	loop is	executed.  Array variables cannot be given the nameref
       attribute.   However,  nameref  variables can reference array variables
       and subscripted array variables.	 Namerefs can be unset	using  the  -n
       option  to the unset builtin.  Otherwise, if unset is executed with the
       name of a nameref variable as an	argument, the variable	referenced  by
       the nameref variable will be unset.

   Positional Parameters
       A  positional  parameter	 is a parameter	denoted	by one or more digits,
       other than the single digit 0.  Positional parameters are assigned from
       the shell's arguments when it is	invoked, and may be  reassigned	 using
       the  set	builtin	command.  Positional parameters	may not	be assigned to
       with assignment statements.  The	positional parameters are  temporarily
       replaced	when a shell function is executed (see FUNCTIONS below).

       When  a	positional parameter consisting	of more	than a single digit is
       expanded, it must be enclosed in	braces (see EXPANSION below).

   Special Parameters
       The shell treats	several	parameters specially.	These  parameters  may
       only be referenced; assignment to them is not allowed.
       *      Expands  to  the positional parameters, starting from one.  When
	      the expansion is not within double quotes, each positional para-
	      meter expands to a separate word.	 In contexts where it is  per-
	      formed,  those  words  are subject to further word splitting and
	      pathname expansion.  When	the  expansion	occurs	within	double
	      quotes, it expands to a single word with the value of each para-
	      meter  separated by the first character of the IFS special vari-
	      able.  That is, "$*" is equivalent to "$1c$2c...",  where	 c  is
	      the first	character of the value of the IFS variable.  If	IFS is
	      unset,  the parameters are separated by spaces.  If IFS is null,
	      the parameters are joined	without	intervening separators.
       @      Expands to the positional	parameters,  starting  from  one.   In
	      contexts	where  word  splitting is performed, this expands each
	      positional parameter to a	separate word; if  not	within	double
	      quotes,  these words are subject to word splitting.  In contexts
	      where word splitting is not performed, this expands to a	single
	      word  with each positional parameter separated by	a space.  When
	      the expansion occurs within double quotes,  each	parameter  ex-
	      pands  to	 a separate word.  That	is, "$@" is equivalent to "$1"
	      "$2" ...	If the double-quoted expansion occurs within  a	 word,
	      the  expansion  of the first parameter is	joined with the	begin-
	      ning part	of the original	word, and the expansion	 of  the  last
	      parameter	 is  joined  with  the last part of the	original word.
	      When there are no	positional parameters, "$@" and	$@  expand  to
	      nothing (i.e., they are removed).
       #      Expands to the number of positional parameters in	decimal.
       ?      Expands  to  the exit status of the most recently	executed fore-
	      ground pipeline.
       -      Expands to the current option flags as  specified	 upon  invoca-
	      tion,  by	the set	builtin	command, or those set by the shell it-
	      self (such as the	-i option).
       $      Expands to the process ID	of the shell. In a  subshell,  it  ex-
	      pands to the process ID of the current shell, not	the subshell.
       !      Expands  to  the process ID of the job most recently placed into
	      the background, whether executed as an asynchronous  command  or
	      using the	bg builtin (see	JOB CONTROL below).
       0      Expands  to  the name of the shell or shell script.  This	is set
	      at shell initialization.	If bash	is invoked with	a file of com-
	      mands, $0	is set to the name of that file.  If bash  is  started
	      with  the	 -c option, then $0 is set to the first	argument after
	      the string to be executed, if one	is present.  Otherwise,	it  is
	      set  to  the  filename used to invoke bash, as given by argument
	      zero.

   Shell Variables
       The following variables are set by the shell:

       _      At shell startup,	set to the pathname used to invoke  the	 shell
	      or  shell	 script	being executed as passed in the	environment or
	      argument list.  Subsequently, expands to the  last  argument  to
	      the  previous  simple  command executed in the foreground, after
	      expansion.  Also set to the full pathname	used  to  invoke  each
	      command  executed	and placed in the environment exported to that
	      command.	When checking mail, this parameter holds the  name  of
	      the mail file currently being checked.
       BASH   Expands  to  the	full  filename used to invoke this instance of
	      bash.
       BASHOPTS
	      A	colon-separated	list of	enabled	shell options.	Each  word  in
	      the  list	 is  a	valid  argument	for the	-s option to the shopt
	      builtin command (see SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS below).  The options
	      appearing	in BASHOPTS are	those reported as  on  by  shopt.   If
	      this  variable  is  in the environment when bash starts up, each
	      shell option in the list will  be	 enabled  before  reading  any
	      startup files.  This variable is read-only.
       BASHPID
	      Expands  to  the	process	 ID of the current bash	process.  This
	      differs from $$ under certain circumstances, such	 as  subshells
	      that  do	not require bash to be re-initialized.	Assignments to
	      BASHPID have no effect.  If BASHPID is unset, it loses its  spe-
	      cial properties, even if it is subsequently reset.
       BASH_ALIASES
	      An  associative  array  variable whose members correspond	to the
	      internal list of aliases as maintained  by  the  alias  builtin.
	      Elements	added to this array appear in the alias	list; however,
	      unsetting	array elements currently does not cause	aliases	to  be
	      removed from the alias list.  If BASH_ALIASES is unset, it loses
	      its special properties, even if it is subsequently reset.
       BASH_ARGC
	      An  array	 variable whose	values are the number of parameters in
	      each frame of the	current	bash execution call stack.  The	number
	      of parameters to	the  current  subroutine  (shell  function  or
	      script  executed	with  .	or source) is at the top of the	stack.
	      When a subroutine	is executed, the number	of  parameters	passed
	      is pushed	onto BASH_ARGC.	 The shell sets	BASH_ARGC only when in
	      extended debugging mode (see the description of the extdebug op-
	      tion  to	the  shopt builtin below).  Setting extdebug after the
	      shell has	started	to execute a script, or	referencing this vari-
	      able when	extdebug is not	set, may result	in  inconsistent  val-
	      ues.
       BASH_ARGV
	      An  array	 variable containing all of the	parameters in the cur-
	      rent bash	execution call stack.  The final parameter of the last
	      subroutine call is at the	top of the stack; the first  parameter
	      of the initial call is at	the bottom.  When a subroutine is exe-
	      cuted,  the  parameters supplied are pushed onto BASH_ARGV.  The
	      shell sets BASH_ARGV only	when in	extended debugging  mode  (see
	      the  description of the extdebug option to the shopt builtin be-
	      low).  Setting extdebug after the	shell has started to execute a
	      script, or referencing this variable when	extdebug is  not  set,
	      may result in inconsistent values.
       BASH_ARGV0
	      When  referenced,	this variable expands to the name of the shell
	      or shell script (identical to $0;	see the	description of special
	      parameter	0 above).  Assignment to BASH_ARGV0 causes  the	 value
	      assigned	to also	be assigned to $0.  If BASH_ARGV0 is unset, it
	      loses its	special	properties, even if it is subsequently reset.
       BASH_CMDS
	      An associative array variable whose members  correspond  to  the
	      internal	hash  table  of	 commands  as  maintained  by the hash
	      builtin.	Elements added to this array appear in the hash	table;
	      however, unsetting array elements	currently does not cause  com-
	      mand  names  to be removed from the hash table.  If BASH_CMDS is
	      unset, it	loses its special properties, even  if	it  is	subse-
	      quently reset.
       BASH_COMMAND
	      The  command  currently  being executed or about to be executed,
	      unless the shell is executing a command as the result of a trap,
	      in which case it is the command executing	at  the	 time  of  the
	      trap.   If  BASH_COMMAND	is unset, it loses its special proper-
	      ties, even if it is subsequently reset.
       BASH_EXECUTION_STRING
	      The command argument to the -c invocation	option.
       BASH_LINENO
	      An array variable	whose members are the line numbers  in	source
	      files  where  each corresponding member of FUNCNAME was invoked.
	      ${BASH_LINENO[$i]}  is  the  line	 number	 in  the  source  file
	      (${BASH_SOURCE[$i+1]})  where  ${FUNCNAME[$i]}  was  called  (or
	      ${BASH_LINENO[$i-1]} if referenced within	 another  shell	 func-
	      tion).  Use LINENO to obtain the current line number.
       BASH_LOADABLES_PATH
	      A	 colon-separated  list of directories in which the shell looks
	      for dynamically loadable builtins	specified by the  enable  com-
	      mand.
       BASH_REMATCH
	      An  array	 variable  whose members are assigned by the =~	binary
	      operator to the [[ conditional command.  The element with	 index
	      0	 is  the portion of the	string matching	the entire regular ex-
	      pression.	 The element with index	n is the portion of the	string
	      matching the nth parenthesized subexpression.
       BASH_SOURCE
	      An array variable	whose members are the source  filenames	 where
	      the  corresponding  shell	 function  names in the	FUNCNAME array
	      variable are defined.  The shell function	${FUNCNAME[$i]}	is de-
	      fined  in	 the   file   ${BASH_SOURCE[$i]}   and	 called	  from
	      ${BASH_SOURCE[$i+1]}.
       BASH_SUBSHELL
	      Incremented  by one within each subshell or subshell environment
	      when the shell begins executing in that environment.   The  ini-
	      tial  value  is 0.  If BASH_SUBSHELL is unset, it	loses its spe-
	      cial properties, even if it is subsequently reset.
       BASH_VERSINFO
	      A	readonly array variable	whose members hold version information
	      for this instance	of bash.  The values  assigned	to  the	 array
	      members are as follows:
	      BASH_VERSINFO[0]	      The major	version	number (the release).
	      BASH_VERSINFO[1]	      The minor	version	number (the version).
	      BASH_VERSINFO[2]	      The patch	level.
	      BASH_VERSINFO[3]	      The build	version.
	      BASH_VERSINFO[4]	      The release status (e.g.,	beta1).
	      BASH_VERSINFO[5]	      The value	of MACHTYPE.
       BASH_VERSION
	      Expands  to  a string describing the version of this instance of
	      bash.
       COMP_CWORD
	      An index into ${COMP_WORDS} of the word containing  the  current
	      cursor position.	This variable is available only	in shell func-
	      tions  invoked  by  the  programmable completion facilities (see
	      Programmable Completion below).
       COMP_KEY
	      The key (or final	key of a key sequence) used to invoke the cur-
	      rent completion function.
       COMP_LINE
	      The current command line.	 This variable is  available  only  in
	      shell  functions and external commands invoked by	the programma-
	      ble completion facilities	(see Programmable Completion below).
       COMP_POINT
	      The index	of the current cursor position relative	to the	begin-
	      ning  of the current command.  If	the current cursor position is
	      at the end of the	current	command, the value of this variable is
	      equal to ${#COMP_LINE}.  This  variable  is  available  only  in
	      shell  functions and external commands invoked by	the programma-
	      ble completion facilities	(see Programmable Completion below).
       COMP_TYPE
	      Set to an	integer	value corresponding to the type	of  completion
	      attempted	 that  caused a	completion function to be called: TAB,
	      for normal completion, ?,	for listing completions	after  succes-
	      sive  tabs,  !, for listing alternatives on partial word comple-
	      tion, @, to list completions if the word is not  unmodified,  or
	      %,  for  menu  completion.   This	 variable is available only in
	      shell functions and external commands invoked by the  programma-
	      ble completion facilities	(see Programmable Completion below).
       COMP_WORDBREAKS
	      The  set	of characters that the readline	library	treats as word
	      separators when performing word completion.  If  COMP_WORDBREAKS
	      is  unset, it loses its special properties, even if it is	subse-
	      quently reset.
       COMP_WORDS
	      An array variable	(see Arrays below) consisting of the  individ-
	      ual  words  in the current command line.	The line is split into
	      words as readline	would split it,	using COMP_WORDBREAKS  as  de-
	      scribed  above.	This variable is available only	in shell func-
	      tions invoked by the  programmable  completion  facilities  (see
	      Programmable Completion below).
       COPROC An  array	 variable  (see	Arrays below) created to hold the file
	      descriptors for output from and input to	an  unnamed  coprocess
	      (see Coprocesses above).
       DIRSTACK
	      An array variable	(see Arrays below) containing the current con-
	      tents  of	 the directory stack.  Directories appear in the stack
	      in the order they	are displayed by the dirs builtin.   Assigning
	      to members of this array variable	may be used to modify directo-
	      ries  already in the stack, but the pushd	and popd builtins must
	      be used to add and remove	directories.  Assignment to this vari-
	      able will	not change the current directory.  If DIRSTACK is  un-
	      set, it loses its	special	properties, even if it is subsequently
	      reset.
       EPOCHREALTIME
	      Each time	this parameter is referenced, it expands to the	number
	      of  seconds  since  the  Unix  Epoch (see	time(3)) as a floating
	      point  value  with  micro-second	granularity.   Assignments  to
	      EPOCHREALTIME  are ignored.  If EPOCHREALTIME is unset, it loses
	      its special properties, even if it is subsequently reset.
       EPOCHSECONDS
	      Each time	this parameter is referenced, it expands to the	number
	      of seconds since the Unix	Epoch (see time(3)).   Assignments  to
	      EPOCHSECONDS  are	 ignored.   If EPOCHSECONDS is unset, it loses
	      its special properties, even if it is subsequently reset.
       EUID   Expands to the effective user ID of the current  user,  initial-
	      ized at shell startup.  This variable is readonly.
       FUNCNAME
	      An  array	 variable  containing the names	of all shell functions
	      currently	in the execution call stack.  The element with index 0
	      is the name of any currently-executing shell function.  The bot-
	      tom-most element (the one	with the  highest  index)  is  "main".
	      This  variable  exists  only when	a shell	function is executing.
	      Assignments to FUNCNAME have no effect.  If FUNCNAME  is	unset,
	      it  loses	its special properties,	even if	it is subsequently re-
	      set.

	      This variable can	be  used  with	BASH_LINENO  and  BASH_SOURCE.
	      Each   element   of   FUNCNAME  has  corresponding  elements  in
	      BASH_LINENO and BASH_SOURCE to describe the call stack.  For in-
	      stance,	${FUNCNAME[$i]}	  was	 called	   from	   the	  file
	      ${BASH_SOURCE[$i+1]}  at	line  number  ${BASH_LINENO[$i]}.  The
	      caller builtin displays the current call stack using this	infor-
	      mation.
       GROUPS An array variable	containing the list of	groups	of  which  the
	      current user is a	member.	 Assignments to	GROUPS have no effect.
	      If  GROUPS is unset, it loses its	special	properties, even if it
	      is subsequently reset.
       HISTCMD
	      The history number, or index in the history list,	of the current
	      command.	Assignments to HISTCMD are ignored.  If	HISTCMD	is un-
	      set, it loses its	special	properties, even if it is subsequently
	      reset.
       HOSTNAME
	      Automatically set	to the name of the current host.
       HOSTTYPE
	      Automatically set	to a string that uniquely describes  the  type
	      of  machine  on which bash is executing.	The default is system-
	      dependent.
       LINENO Each time	this parameter is referenced, the shell	substitutes  a
	      decimal  number  representing the	current	sequential line	number
	      (starting	with 1)	within a script	or function.  When  not	 in  a
	      script  or  function, the	value substituted is not guaranteed to
	      be meaningful.  If LINENO	is unset, it loses its special proper-
	      ties, even if it is subsequently reset.
       MACHTYPE
	      Automatically set	to a string that fully	describes  the	system
	      type  on	which  bash is executing, in the standard GNU cpu-com-
	      pany-system format.  The default is system-dependent.
       MAPFILE
	      An array variable	(see Arrays below) created to  hold  the  text
	      read by the mapfile builtin when no variable name	is supplied.
       OLDPWD The previous working directory as	set by the cd command.
       OPTARG The  value  of the last option argument processed	by the getopts
	      builtin command (see SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS below).
       OPTIND The index	of the next argument to	be processed  by  the  getopts
	      builtin command (see SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS below).
       OSTYPE Automatically  set to a string that describes the	operating sys-
	      tem on which bash	is executing.  The  default  is	 system-depen-
	      dent.
       PIPESTATUS
	      An  array	 variable (see Arrays below) containing	a list of exit
	      status values from the processes in  the	most-recently-executed
	      foreground pipeline (which may contain only a single command).
       PPID   The  process  ID	of the shell's parent.	This variable is read-
	      only.
       PWD    The current working directory as set by the cd command.
       RANDOM Each time	this parameter is referenced, it expands to  a	random
	      integer  between	0 and 32767.  Assigning	a value	to RANDOM ini-
	      tializes (seeds) the sequence of random numbers.	If  RANDOM  is
	      unset,  it  loses	 its  special properties, even if it is	subse-
	      quently reset.
       READLINE_ARGUMENT
	      Any numeric argument given to a readline command	that  was  de-
	      fined using "bind	-x" (see SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS	below) when it
	      was invoked.
       READLINE_LINE
	      The contents of the readline line	buffer,	for use	with "bind -x"
	      (see SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS below).
       READLINE_MARK
	      The position of the mark (saved insertion	point) in the readline
	      line  buffer, for	use with "bind -x" (see	SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS
	      below).  The characters between the insertion point and the mark
	      are often	called the region.
       READLINE_POINT
	      The position of the insertion point in the readline line buffer,
	      for use with "bind -x" (see SHELL	BUILTIN	COMMANDS below).
       REPLY  Set to the line of input read by the read	builtin	 command  when
	      no arguments are supplied.
       SECONDS
	      Each time	this parameter is referenced, it expands to the	number
	      of  seconds  since  shell	invocation.  If	a value	is assigned to
	      SECONDS, the value returned upon subsequent  references  is  the
	      number  of seconds since the assignment plus the value assigned.
	      The number of seconds at shell invocation	and the	 current  time
	      are  always determined by	querying the system clock.  If SECONDS
	      is unset,	it loses its special properties, even if it is	subse-
	      quently reset.
       SHELLOPTS
	      A	 colon-separated  list of enabled shell	options.  Each word in
	      the list is a valid argument  for	 the  -o  option  to  the  set
	      builtin command (see SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS below).  The options
	      appearing	 in  SHELLOPTS are those reported as on	by set -o.  If
	      this variable is in the environment when bash  starts  up,  each
	      shell  option  in	 the  list  will be enabled before reading any
	      startup files.  This variable is read-only.
       SHLVL  Incremented by one each time an instance of bash is started.
       SRANDOM
	      This variable expands to a 32-bit	pseudo-random number each time
	      it is referenced.	The random number generator is not  linear  on
	      systems  that  support  /dev/urandom  or arc4random, so each re-
	      turned number has	no relationship	to the numbers	preceding  it.
	      The  random number generator cannot be seeded, so	assignments to
	      this variable have no effect.  If	SRANDOM	is unset, it loses its
	      special properties, even if it is	subsequently reset.
       UID    Expands to the user ID of	the current user, initialized at shell
	      startup.	This variable is readonly.

       The following variables are used	by the shell.  In some cases, bash as-
       signs a default value to	a variable; these cases	are noted below.

       BASH_COMPAT
	      The value	is used	to set the shell's compatibility  level.   See
	      SHELL  COMPATIBILITY MODE	below for a description	of the various
	      compatibility levels and their effects.  The value may be	a dec-
	      imal number (e.g., 4.2) or an integer (e.g.,  42)	 corresponding
	      to  the desired compatibility level.  If BASH_COMPAT is unset or
	      set to the empty string, the compatibility level is set  to  the
	      default  for  the	 current  version.  If BASH_COMPAT is set to a
	      value that is not	one of the  valid  compatibility  levels,  the
	      shell  prints  an	error message and sets the compatibility level
	      to the default for the current version.  The valid values	corre-
	      spond to the compatibility levels	described  below  under	 SHELL
	      COMPATIBILITY  MODE.   For  example, 4.2 and 42 are valid	values
	      that correspond to the compat42 shopt option and set the compat-
	      ibility level to 42.  The	current	version	is also	a valid	value.
       BASH_ENV
	      If this parameter	is set when bash is executing a	shell  script,
	      its  value  is  interpreted as a filename	containing commands to
	      initialize the shell, as in ~/.bashrc.  The value	of BASH_ENV is
	      subjected	to  parameter  expansion,  command  substitution,  and
	      arithmetic  expansion  before  being  interpreted	as a filename.
	      PATH is not used to search for the resultant filename.
       BASH_XTRACEFD
	      If set to	an integer corresponding to a valid  file  descriptor,
	      bash  will  write	 the trace output generated when set -x	is en-
	      abled to that file descriptor.  The file	descriptor  is	closed
	      when  BASH_XTRACEFD is unset or assigned a new value.  Unsetting
	      BASH_XTRACEFD or assigning it the	empty string causes the	 trace
	      output  to  be  sent  to	the standard error.  Note that setting
	      BASH_XTRACEFD to 2 (the standard error file descriptor) and then
	      unsetting	it will	result in the standard error being closed.
       CDPATH The search path for the cd command.  This	is  a  colon-separated
	      list of directories in which the shell looks for destination di-
	      rectories	 specified  by	the  cd	 command.   A  sample value is
	      ".:~:/usr".
       CHILD_MAX
	      Set the number of	exited child status values for	the  shell  to
	      remember.	  Bash will not	allow this value to be decreased below
	      a	POSIX-mandated minimum,	and there is  a	 maximum  value	 (cur-
	      rently  8192)  that  this	 may not exceed.  The minimum value is
	      system-dependent.
       COLUMNS
	      Used by the select compound command to  determine	 the  terminal
	      width  when  printing selection lists.  Automatically set	if the
	      checkwinsize option is enabled or	in an interactive  shell  upon
	      receipt of a SIGWINCH.
       COMPREPLY
	      An array variable	from which bash	reads the possible completions
	      generated	 by  a shell function invoked by the programmable com-
	      pletion facility (see Programmable Completion below).  Each  ar-
	      ray element contains one possible	completion.
       EMACS  If  bash	finds  this variable in	the environment	when the shell
	      starts with value	"t", it	assumes	that the shell is  running  in
	      an Emacs shell buffer and	disables line editing.
       ENV    Expanded	and  executed  similarly  to  BASH_ENV (see INVOCATION
	      above) when an interactive shell is invoked in posix mode.
       EXECIGNORE
	      A	colon-separated	list of	shell patterns (see Pattern  Matching)
	      defining	the  list of filenames to be ignored by	command	search
	      using PATH.  Files whose full pathnames match one	of these  pat-
	      terns  are  not  considered executable files for the purposes of
	      completion and command execution via PATH	lookup.	 This does not
	      affect the behavior of the [, test, and [[ commands.  Full path-
	      names in the command hash	table are not subject  to  EXECIGNORE.
	      Use  this	 variable to ignore shared library files that have the
	      executable bit set, but are not executable files.	  The  pattern
	      matching honors the setting of the extglob shell option.
       FCEDIT The default editor for the fc builtin command.
       FIGNORE
	      A	 colon-separated  list	of  suffixes to	ignore when performing
	      filename completion (see READLINE	below).	 A filename whose suf-
	      fix matches one of the entries in	FIGNORE	is excluded  from  the
	      list of matched filenames.  A sample value is ".o:~".
       FUNCNEST
	      If  set  to  a  numeric  value greater than 0, defines a maximum
	      function nesting level.  Function	invocations that  exceed  this
	      nesting level will cause the current command to abort.
       GLOBIGNORE
	      A	 colon-separated  list	of  patterns  defining the set of file
	      names to be ignored by  pathname	expansion.   If	 a  file  name
	      matched  by a pathname expansion pattern also matches one	of the
	      patterns in GLOBIGNORE, it is removed from the list of matches.
       HISTCONTROL
	      A	colon-separated	list of	values controlling  how	 commands  are
	      saved  on	 the  history  list.   If  the list of values includes
	      ignorespace, lines which begin with a space  character  are  not
	      saved  in	 the history list.  A value of ignoredups causes lines
	      matching the previous history entry to not be saved.  A value of
	      ignoreboth is shorthand for ignorespace and ignoredups.  A value
	      of erasedups causes all previous lines matching the current line
	      to be removed from the history list before that line  is	saved.
	      Any  value  not in the above list	is ignored.  If	HISTCONTROL is
	      unset, or	does not include a valid value,	all lines read by  the
	      shell parser are saved on	the history list, subject to the value
	      of  HISTIGNORE.  The second and subsequent lines of a multi-line
	      compound command are not tested, and are added  to  the  history
	      regardless of the	value of HISTCONTROL.
       HISTFILE
	      The name of the file in which command history is saved (see HIS-
	      TORY  below).   The default value	is ~/.bash_history.  If	unset,
	      the command history is not saved when a shell exits.
       HISTFILESIZE
	      The maximum number of lines contained in the history file.  When
	      this variable is assigned	a value, the  history  file  is	 trun-
	      cated,  if  necessary,  to  contain  no more than	that number of
	      lines by removing	the oldest entries.  The history file is  also
	      truncated	 to this size after writing it when a shell exits.  If
	      the value	is 0, the history file	is  truncated  to  zero	 size.
	      Non-numeric  values  and	numeric	 values	less than zero inhibit
	      truncation.  The shell sets the default value to	the  value  of
	      HISTSIZE after reading any startup files.
       HISTIGNORE
	      A	 colon-separated list of patterns used to decide which command
	      lines should be saved on the history list.  Each pattern is  an-
	      chored  at the beginning of the line and must match the complete
	      line (no implicit	`*' is	appended).   Each  pattern  is	tested
	      against  the  line after the checks specified by HISTCONTROL are
	      applied.	In addition to the normal shell	pattern	matching char-
	      acters, `&' matches the previous history line.  `&' may  be  es-
	      caped  using  a  backslash;  the backslash is removed before at-
	      tempting a match.	 The second and	subsequent lines of  a	multi-
	      line  compound command are not tested, and are added to the his-
	      tory regardless of the value of HISTIGNORE.  The pattern	match-
	      ing honors the setting of	the extglob shell option.
       HISTSIZE
	      The  number  of commands to remember in the command history (see
	      HISTORY below).  If the value is 0, commands are	not  saved  in
	      the history list.	 Numeric values	less than zero result in every
	      command  being  saved  on	 the history list (there is no limit).
	      The shell	sets the  default  value  to  500  after  reading  any
	      startup files.
       HISTTIMEFORMAT
	      If  this	variable  is  set and not null,	its value is used as a
	      format string for	strftime(3) to print the time stamp associated
	      with each	history	entry displayed	by the	history	 builtin.   If
	      this  variable  is  set,	time stamps are	written	to the history
	      file so they may be preserved across shell sessions.  This  uses
	      the  history  comment  character	to distinguish timestamps from
	      other history lines.
       HOME   The home directory of the	current	user; the default argument for
	      the cd builtin command.  The value of this variable is also used
	      when performing tilde expansion.
       HOSTFILE
	      Contains the name	of a file in the  same	format	as  /etc/hosts
	      that should be read when the shell needs to complete a hostname.
	      The  list	 of possible hostname completions may be changed while
	      the shell	is running; the	next time hostname completion  is  at-
	      tempted  after  the  value is changed, bash adds the contents of
	      the new file to the existing list.  If HOSTFILE is set, but  has
	      no  value,  or  does  not	name a readable	file, bash attempts to
	      read /etc/hosts to obtain	the list of possible hostname  comple-
	      tions.  When HOSTFILE is unset, the hostname list	is cleared.
       IFS    The Internal Field Separator that	is used	for word splitting af-
	      ter  expansion  and  to  split  lines  into  words with the read
	      builtin  command.	  The  default	value  is  ``<space><tab><new-
	      line>''.
       IGNOREEOF
	      Controls the action of an	interactive shell on receipt of	an EOF
	      character	as the sole input.  If set, the	value is the number of
	      consecutive  EOF	characters  which  must	 be typed as the first
	      characters on an input line before bash exits.  If the  variable
	      exists  but  does	not have a numeric value, or has no value, the
	      default value is 10.  If it does not exist,  EOF	signifies  the
	      end of input to the shell.
       INPUTRC
	      The  filename  for the readline startup file, overriding the de-
	      fault of ~/.inputrc (see READLINE	below).
       INSIDE_EMACS
	      If this variable appears	in  the	 environment  when  the	 shell
	      starts,  bash  assumes  that it is running inside	an Emacs shell
	      buffer and may disable line editing, depending on	the  value  of
	      TERM.
       LANG   Used  to	determine  the	locale	category  for any category not
	      specifically selected with a variable starting with LC_.
       LC_ALL This variable overrides the value	of  LANG  and  any  other  LC_
	      variable specifying a locale category.
       LC_COLLATE
	      This  variable  determines the collation order used when sorting
	      the results of pathname expansion, and determines	 the  behavior
	      of  range	 expressions,  equivalence  classes, and collating se-
	      quences within pathname expansion	and pattern matching.
       LC_CTYPE
	      This variable determines the interpretation  of  characters  and
	      the  behavior of character classes within	pathname expansion and
	      pattern matching.
       LC_MESSAGES
	      This variable determines the locale used	to  translate  double-
	      quoted strings preceded by a $.
       LC_NUMERIC
	      This  variable  determines  the  locale category used for	number
	      formatting.
       LC_TIME
	      This variable determines the locale category used	for  data  and
	      time formatting.
       LINES  Used  by	the  select  compound  command to determine the	column
	      length for printing selection lists.  Automatically set  if  the
	      checkwinsize  option  is enabled or in an	interactive shell upon
	      receipt of a SIGWINCH.
       MAIL   If this parameter	is set to a file or  directory	name  and  the
	      MAILPATH	variable  is not set, bash informs the user of the ar-
	      rival of mail in the specified file or Maildir-format directory.
       MAILCHECK
	      Specifies	how often (in seconds) bash checks for mail.  The  de-
	      fault  is	 60  seconds.	When it	is time	to check for mail, the
	      shell does so before displaying the  primary  prompt.   If  this
	      variable	is  unset,  or	set  to	 a  value that is not a	number
	      greater than or equal to zero, the shell disables	mail checking.
       MAILPATH
	      A	colon-separated	list of	filenames to be	checked	for mail.  The
	      message to be printed when mail arrives in a particular file may
	      be specified by separating the filename from the message with  a
	      `?'.   When  used	 in the	text of	the message, $_	expands	to the
	      name of the current mailfile.  Example:
	      MAILPATH='/var/mail/bfox?"You  have  mail":~/shell-mail?"$_  has
	      mail!"'
	      Bash  can	be configured to supply	a default value	for this vari-
	      able (there is no	value by default), but	the  location  of  the
	      user  mail  files	 that  it  uses	 is  system  dependent	(e.g.,
	      /var/mail/$USER).
       OPTERR If set to	the value 1, bash displays error messages generated by
	      the getopts builtin command (see SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS  below).
	      OPTERR  is  initialized to 1 each	time the shell is invoked or a
	      shell script is executed.
       PATH   The search path for commands.  It	is a colon-separated  list  of
	      directories  in  which the shell looks for commands (see COMMAND
	      EXECUTION	below).	 A zero-length (null) directory	 name  in  the
	      value of PATH indicates the current directory.  A	null directory
	      name  may	 appear	 as  two  adjacent colons, or as an initial or
	      trailing colon.  The default path	is  system-dependent,  and  is
	      set by the administrator who installs bash.  A common value is
	      ``/usr/local/bin:/usr/lo-
	      cal/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/sbin:/bin:/sbin''.
       POSIXLY_CORRECT
	      If  this	variable  is  in the environment when bash starts, the
	      shell enters posix mode before reading the startup files,	as  if
	      the  --posix  invocation option had been supplied.  If it	is set
	      while the	shell is running, bash enables posix mode, as  if  the
	      command  set  -o posix had been executed.	 When the shell	enters
	      posix mode, it sets this variable	if it was not already set.
       PROMPT_COMMAND
	      If this variable is set, and is an array,	the value of each  set
	      element  is  executed as a command prior to issuing each primary
	      prompt.  If this is set but not an array variable, its value  is
	      used as a	command	to execute instead.
       PROMPT_DIRTRIM
	      If  set  to a number greater than	zero, the value	is used	as the
	      number of	trailing directory components to retain	when expanding
	      the \w and \W  prompt  string  escapes  (see  PROMPTING  below).
	      Characters removed are replaced with an ellipsis.
       PS0    The  value  of  this parameter is	expanded (see PROMPTING	below)
	      and displayed by interactive shells after	reading	a command  and
	      before the command is executed.
       PS1    The  value  of  this parameter is	expanded (see PROMPTING	below)
	      and used as the primary prompt string.   The  default  value  is
	      ``\u@\h\$	''.
       PS2    The  value of this parameter is expanded as with PS1 and used as
	      the secondary prompt string.  The	default	is ``> ''.
       PS3    The value	of this	parameter is used as the prompt	for the	select
	      command (see SHELL GRAMMAR above).
       PS4    The value	of this	parameter is expanded  as  with	 PS1  and  the
	      value is printed before each command bash	displays during	an ex-
	      ecution trace.  The first	character of the expanded value	of PS4
	      is replicated multiple times, as necessary, to indicate multiple
	      levels of	indirection.  The default is ``+ ''.
       SHELL  This  variable expands to	the full pathname to the shell.	 If it
	      is not set when the shell	starts,	bash assigns to	 it  the  full
	      pathname of the current user's login shell.
       TIMEFORMAT
	      The  value of this parameter is used as a	format string specify-
	      ing how the timing information for pipelines prefixed  with  the
	      time  reserved word should be displayed.	The % character	intro-
	      duces an escape sequence that is expanded	to  a  time  value  or
	      other  information.  The escape sequences	and their meanings are
	      as follows; the braces denote optional portions.
	      %%	A literal %.
	      %[p][l]R	The elapsed time in seconds.
	      %[p][l]U	The number of CPU seconds spent	in user	mode.
	      %[p][l]S	The number of CPU seconds spent	in system mode.
	      %P	The CPU	percentage, computed as	(%U + %S) / %R.

	      The optional p is	a digit	specifying the precision,  the	number
	      of fractional digits after a decimal point.  A value of 0	causes
	      no decimal point or fraction to be output.  At most three	places
	      after  the  decimal  point may be	specified; values of p greater
	      than 3 are changed to 3.	If p is	not specified, the value 3  is
	      used.

	      The  optional l specifies	a longer format, including minutes, of
	      the form MMmSS.FFs.  The value of	p determines  whether  or  not
	      the fraction is included.

	      If  this	variable  is not set, bash acts	as if it had the value
	      $'\nreal\t%3lR\nuser\t%3lU\nsys\t%3lS'.  If the value  is	 null,
	      no timing	information is displayed.  A trailing newline is added
	      when the format string is	displayed.
       TMOUT  If set to	a value	greater	than zero, TMOUT is treated as the de-
	      fault  timeout  for the read builtin.  The select	command	termi-
	      nates if input does not arrive after TMOUT seconds when input is
	      coming from a terminal.  In an interactive shell,	the  value  is
	      interpreted as the number	of seconds to wait for a line of input
	      after issuing the	primary	prompt.	 Bash terminates after waiting
	      for  that	number of seconds if a complete	line of	input does not
	      arrive.
       TMPDIR If set, bash uses	its value as the name of a directory in	 which
	      bash creates temporary files for the shell's use.
       auto_resume
	      This variable controls how the shell interacts with the user and
	      job  control.   If this variable is set, single word simple com-
	      mands without redirections are treated as	candidates for resump-
	      tion of an existing stopped job.	There is no ambiguity allowed;
	      if there is more than one	job beginning with the	string	typed,
	      the  job	most  recently	accessed  is  selected.	 The name of a
	      stopped job, in this context, is the command line	used to	 start
	      it.   If	set to the value exact,	the string supplied must match
	      the name of a stopped job	exactly;  if  set  to  substring,  the
	      string  supplied	needs  to  match  a substring of the name of a
	      stopped job.  The	substring value	provides functionality	analo-
	      gous  to the %?  job identifier (see JOB CONTROL below).	If set
	      to any other value, the supplied string must be a	 prefix	 of  a
	      stopped job's name; this provides	functionality analogous	to the
	      %string job identifier.
       histchars
	      The  two or three	characters which control history expansion and
	      tokenization (see	HISTORY	EXPANSION below).  The first character
	      is the history expansion character, the character	which  signals
	      the  start  of  a	 history  expansion, normally `!'.  The	second
	      character	is the quick substitution character, which is used  as
	      shorthand	 for  re-running the previous command entered, substi-
	      tuting one string	for another in the command.   The  default  is
	      `^'.   The optional third	character is the character which indi-
	      cates that the remainder of the line is a	comment	when found  as
	      the  first  character of a word, normally	`#'.  The history com-
	      ment character causes history substitution to be skipped for the
	      remaining	words on the line.  It does not	necessarily cause  the
	      shell parser to treat the	rest of	the line as a comment.

   Arrays
       Bash  provides one-dimensional indexed and associative array variables.
       Any variable may	be used	as an indexed array; the declare builtin  will
       explicitly  declare an array.  There is no maximum limit	on the size of
       an array, nor any requirement that members be indexed or	assigned  con-
       tiguously.   Indexed  arrays  are  referenced using integers (including
       arithmetic expressions) and are zero-based; associative arrays are ref-
       erenced using arbitrary strings.	 Unless	otherwise noted, indexed array
       indices must be non-negative integers.

       An indexed array	is created automatically if any	variable  is  assigned
       to using	the syntax name[subscript]=value.  The subscript is treated as
       an arithmetic expression	that must evaluate to a	number.	 To explicitly
       declare	an  indexed array, use declare -a name (see SHELL BUILTIN COM-
       MANDS below).  declare -a name[subscript] is also  accepted;  the  sub-
       script is ignored.

       Associative arrays are created using declare -A name.

       Attributes may be specified for an array	variable using the declare and
       readonly	builtins.  Each	attribute applies to all members of an array.

       Arrays	are  assigned  to  using  compound  assignments	 of  the  form
       name=(value1 ...	valuen), where each value may be  of  the  form	 [sub-
       script]=string.	 Indexed array assignments do not require anything but
       string.	Each value in the list is expanded using all the shell	expan-
       sions  described	 below under EXPANSION.	 When assigning	to indexed ar-
       rays, if	the optional brackets and subscript are	supplied,  that	 index
       is assigned to; otherwise the index of the element assigned is the last
       index assigned to by the	statement plus one.  Indexing starts at	zero.

       When assigning to an associative	array, the words in a compound assign-
       ment  may  be  either assignment	statements, for	which the subscript is
       required, or a list of words that is interpreted	as a sequence  of  al-
       ternating  keys and values: name=( key1 value1 key2 value2 ...).	 These
       are treated identically to  name=(  [key1]=value1  [key2]=value2	 ...).
       The  first  word	in the list determines how the remaining words are in-
       terpreted; all assignments in a list must be of the  same  type.	  When
       using  key/value	 pairs,	 the keys may not be missing or	empty; a final
       missing value is	treated	like the empty string.

       This syntax is also accepted by the declare builtin.  Individual	 array
       elements	 may be	assigned to using the name[subscript]=value syntax in-
       troduced	above.	When assigning to an indexed array, if	name  is  sub-
       scripted	 by  a negative	number,	that number is interpreted as relative
       to one greater than the maximum index  of  name,	 so  negative  indices
       count back from the end of the array, and an index of -1	references the
       last element.

       The  +=	operator will append to	an array variable when assigning using
       the compound assignment syntax; see PARAMETERS above.

       Any element of an array may  be	referenced  using  ${name[subscript]}.
       The braces are required to avoid	conflicts with pathname	expansion.  If
       subscript  is  @	 or *, the word	expands	to all members of name.	 These
       subscripts differ only when the word appears within double quotes.   If
       the word	is double-quoted, ${name[*]} expands to	a single word with the
       value  of each array member separated by	the first character of the IFS
       special variable, and ${name[@]}	expands	each element of	name to	a sep-
       arate word.  When there are no array  members,  ${name[@]}  expands  to
       nothing.	  If the double-quoted expansion occurs	within a word, the ex-
       pansion of the first parameter is joined	with the beginning part	of the
       original	word, and the expansion	of the last parameter is  joined  with
       the last	part of	the original word.  This is analogous to the expansion
       of  the	special	 parameters  *	and  @ (see Special Parameters above).
       ${#name[subscript]} expands to the length  of  ${name[subscript]}.   If
       subscript is * or @, the	expansion is the number	of elements in the ar-
       ray.  If	the subscript used to reference	an element of an indexed array
       evaluates  to a number less than	zero, it is interpreted	as relative to
       one greater than	the maximum index of the array,	 so  negative  indices
       count back from the end of the array, and an index of -1	references the
       last element.

       Referencing an array variable without a subscript is equivalent to ref-
       erencing	 the array with	a subscript of 0.  Any reference to a variable
       using a valid subscript is legal, and bash will create an array if nec-
       essary.

       An array	variable is considered set if a	subscript has been assigned  a
       value.  The null	string is a valid value.

       It  is possible to obtain the keys (indices) of an array	as well	as the
       values.	${!name[@]} and	${!name[*]} expand to the indices assigned  in
       array variable name.  The treatment when	in double quotes is similar to
       the expansion of	the special parameters @ and * within double quotes.

       The unset builtin is used to destroy arrays.  unset name[subscript] de-
       stroys the array	element	at index subscript, for	both indexed and asso-
       ciative	arrays.	 Negative subscripts to	indexed	arrays are interpreted
       as described above.  Unsetting the last element of  an  array  variable
       does  not  unset	the variable.  unset name, where name is an array, re-
       moves the entire	array.	unset name[subscript], where subscript is * or
       @, behaves differently depending	on whether name	is an indexed or asso-
       ciative array.  If name is an associative array,	this unsets  the  ele-
       ment with subscript * or	@.  If name is an indexed array, unset removes
       all of the elements but does not	remove the array itself.

       When  using  a  variable	name with a subscript as an argument to	a com-
       mand, such as with unset, without using the word	expansion  syntax  de-
       scribed above, the argument is subject to pathname expansion.  If path-
       name expansion is not desired, the argument should be quoted.

       The  declare,  local,  and readonly builtins each accept	a -a option to
       specify an indexed array	and a -A option	to specify an associative  ar-
       ray.   If  both	options	 are  supplied,	-A takes precedence.  The read
       builtin accepts a -a option to assign a list of	words  read  from  the
       standard	input to an array.  The	set and	declare	builtins display array
       values in a way that allows them	to be reused as	assignments.

EXPANSION
       Expansion is performed on the command line after	it has been split into
       words.	There are seven	kinds of expansion performed: brace expansion,
       tilde expansion,	parameter and variable	expansion,  command  substitu-
       tion, arithmetic	expansion, word	splitting, and pathname	expansion.

       The order of expansions is: brace expansion; tilde expansion, parameter
       and  variable expansion,	arithmetic expansion, and command substitution
       (done in	a left-to-right	fashion); word splitting; and pathname	expan-
       sion.

       On systems that can support it, there is	an additional expansion	avail-
       able:  process  substitution.   This  is	 performed at the same time as
       tilde, parameter, variable, and arithmetic expansion and	 command  sub-
       stitution.

       After  these  expansions	are performed, quote characters	present	in the
       original	word are removed  unless  they	have  been  quoted  themselves
       (quote removal).

       Only  brace  expansion,	word splitting,	and pathname expansion can in-
       crease the number of words of the expansion; other expansions expand  a
       single  word to a single	word.  The only	exceptions to this are the ex-
       pansions	 of  "$@"  and	"${name[@]}",  and,  in	 most  cases,  $*  and
       ${name[*]} as explained above (see PARAMETERS).

   Brace Expansion
       Brace expansion is a mechanism by which arbitrary strings may be	gener-
       ated.   This  mechanism is similar to pathname expansion, but the file-
       names generated need not	exist.	Patterns to be brace expanded take the
       form of an optional preamble, followed by either	a series of comma-sep-
       arated strings or a sequence expression between a pair of braces,  fol-
       lowed  by  an  optional	postscript.   The preamble is prefixed to each
       string contained	within the braces, and the postscript is then appended
       to each resulting string, expanding left	to right.

       Brace expansions	may be nested.	The results of	each  expanded	string
       are  not	 sorted;  left	to  right  order  is  preserved.  For example,
       a{d,c,b}e expands into `ade ace abe'.

       A sequence expression takes the form {x..y[..incr]}, where x and	y  are
       either  integers	or single letters, and incr, an	optional increment, is
       an integer.  When integers are supplied,	the expression expands to each
       number between x	and y, inclusive.  Supplied integers may  be  prefixed
       with  0	to force each term to have the same width.  When either	x or y
       begins with a zero, the shell attempts to force all generated terms  to
       contain	the same number	of digits, zero-padding	where necessary.  When
       letters are supplied, the expression expands to each character  lexico-
       graphically  between  x	and  y,	inclusive, using the default C locale.
       Note that both x	and y must be of the same type	(integer  or  letter).
       When  the  increment  is	supplied, it is	used as	the difference between
       each term.  The default increment is 1 or -1 as appropriate.

       Brace expansion is performed before any other expansions, and any char-
       acters special to other expansions are preserved	in the result.	It  is
       strictly	 textual.  Bash	does not apply any syntactic interpretation to
       the context of the expansion or the text	between	the braces.

       A correctly-formed brace	expansion must contain	unquoted  opening  and
       closing braces, and at least one	unquoted comma or a valid sequence ex-
       pression.  Any incorrectly formed brace expansion is left unchanged.  A
       {  or  ,	may be quoted with a backslash to prevent its being considered
       part of a brace expression.  To avoid conflicts with  parameter	expan-
       sion, the string	${ is not considered eligible for brace	expansion, and
       inhibits	brace expansion	until the closing }.

       This construct is typically used	as shorthand when the common prefix of
       the strings to be generated is longer than in the above example:

	      mkdir /usr/local/src/bash/{old,new,dist,bugs}
       or
	      chown root /usr/{ucb/{ex,edit},lib/{ex?.?*,how_ex}}

       Brace  expansion	 introduces  a	slight incompatibility with historical
       versions	of sh.	sh does	not treat opening or closing braces  specially
       when  they  appear as part of a word, and preserves them	in the output.
       Bash removes braces from	words as a  consequence	 of  brace  expansion.
       For  example,  a	word entered to	sh as file{1,2}	appears	identically in
       the output.  The	same word is output as file1 file2 after expansion  by
       bash.   If strict compatibility with sh is desired, start bash with the
       +B option or disable brace expansion with the +B	option to the set com-
       mand (see SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS	below).

   Tilde Expansion
       If a word begins	with an	unquoted tilde character  (`~'),  all  of  the
       characters  preceding  the  first unquoted slash	(or all	characters, if
       there is	no unquoted slash) are considered a tilde-prefix.  If none  of
       the  characters	in  the	tilde-prefix are quoted, the characters	in the
       tilde-prefix following the tilde	are treated as a possible login	 name.
       If  this	 login name is the null	string,	the tilde is replaced with the
       value of	the shell parameter HOME.  If HOME is unset, the  home	direc-
       tory  of	 the  user executing the shell is substituted instead.	Other-
       wise, the tilde-prefix is replaced with the home	 directory  associated
       with the	specified login	name.

       If  the tilde-prefix is a `~+', the value of the	shell variable PWD re-
       places the tilde-prefix.	 If the	tilde-prefix is	a `~-',	the  value  of
       the  shell variable OLDPWD, if it is set, is substituted.  If the char-
       acters following	the tilde in the tilde-prefix consist of a  number  N,
       optionally  prefixed  by	 a  `+'	or a `-', the tilde-prefix is replaced
       with the	corresponding element from the directory stack,	as it would be
       displayed by the	dirs builtin invoked with the tilde-prefix as an argu-
       ment.  If the characters	following the tilde in the  tilde-prefix  con-
       sist of a number	without	a leading `+' or `-', `+' is assumed.

       If the login name is invalid, or	the tilde expansion fails, the word is
       unchanged.

       Each variable assignment	is checked for unquoted	tilde-prefixes immedi-
       ately following a : or the first	=.  In these cases, tilde expansion is
       also performed.	Consequently, one may use filenames with tildes	in as-
       signments  to PATH, MAILPATH, and CDPATH, and the shell assigns the ex-
       panded value.

       Bash also performs tilde	expansion on words satisfying  the  conditions
       of variable assignments (as described above under PARAMETERS) when they
       appear  as arguments to simple commands.	 Bash does not do this,	except
       for the declaration commands listed above, when in posix	mode.

   Parameter Expansion
       The `$' character introduces parameter expansion, command substitution,
       or arithmetic expansion.	 The parameter name or symbol to  be  expanded
       may  be enclosed	in braces, which are optional but serve	to protect the
       variable	to be expanded from characters immediately following it	 which
       could be	interpreted as part of the name.

       When  braces  are  used,	the matching ending brace is the first `}' not
       escaped by a backslash or within	a quoted string, and not within	an em-
       bedded arithmetic expansion, command substitution, or parameter	expan-
       sion.

       ${parameter}
	      The  value of parameter is substituted.  The braces are required
	      when parameter is	a positional  parameter	 with  more  than  one
	      digit, or	when parameter is followed by a	character which	is not
	      to be interpreted	as part	of its name.  The parameter is a shell
	      parameter	 as  described above PARAMETERS) or an array reference
	      (Arrays).

       If the first character of parameter is an exclamation  point  (!),  and
       parameter is not	a nameref, it introduces a level of indirection.  Bash
       uses the	value formed by	expanding the rest of parameter	as the new pa-
       rameter;	 this  is  then	expanded and that value	is used	in the rest of
       the expansion, rather than the expansion	 of  the  original  parameter.
       This is known as	indirect expansion.  The value is subject to tilde ex-
       pansion,	 parameter expansion, command substitution, and	arithmetic ex-
       pansion.	 If parameter is a nameref, this expands to the	 name  of  the
       parameter  referenced  by  parameter instead of performing the complete
       indirect	expansion.  The	exceptions  to	this  are  the	expansions  of
       ${!prefix*}  and	 ${!name[@]}  described	 below.	 The exclamation point
       must immediately	follow the left	brace in order to  introduce  indirec-
       tion.

       In each of the cases below, word	is subject to tilde expansion, parame-
       ter expansion, command substitution, and	arithmetic expansion.

       When not	performing substring expansion,	using the forms	documented be-
       low  (e.g.,  :-),  bash	tests  for  a parameter	that is	unset or null.
       Omitting	the colon results in a test only for a parameter that  is  un-
       set.

       ${parameter:-word}
	      Use  Default  Values.  If	parameter is unset or null, the	expan-
	      sion of word is substituted.  Otherwise, the value of  parameter
	      is substituted.
       ${parameter:=word}
	      Assign  Default  Values.	If parameter is	unset or null, the ex-
	      pansion of word is assigned to parameter.	 The value of  parame-
	      ter  is then substituted.	 Positional parameters and special pa-
	      rameters may not be assigned to in this way.
       ${parameter:?word}
	      Display Error if Null or Unset.  If parameter is null or	unset,
	      the  expansion  of  word (or a message to	that effect if word is
	      not present) is written to the standard error and	the shell,  if
	      it is not	interactive, exits.  Otherwise,	the value of parameter
	      is substituted.
       ${parameter:+word}
	      Use  Alternate Value.  If	parameter is null or unset, nothing is
	      substituted, otherwise the expansion of word is substituted.
       ${parameter:offset}
       ${parameter:offset:length}
	      Substring	Expansion.  Expands to up to length characters of  the
	      value  of	 parameter starting at the character specified by off-
	      set.  If parameter is @ or *, an indexed array subscripted by  @
	      or  *,  or  an associative array name, the results differ	as de-
	      scribed below.  If length	is omitted, expands to	the  substring
	      of the value of parameter	starting at the	character specified by
	      offset and extending to the end of the value.  length and	offset
	      are arithmetic expressions (see ARITHMETIC EVALUATION below).

	      If  offset  evaluates  to	 a number less than zero, the value is
	      used as an offset	in characters from the end of the value	of pa-
	      rameter.	If length evaluates to a number	less than zero,	it  is
	      interpreted as an	offset in characters from the end of the value
	      of  parameter rather than	a number of characters,	and the	expan-
	      sion is the characters between offset  and  that	result.	  Note
	      that  a  negative	 offset	must be	separated from the colon by at
	      least one	space to avoid being confused with the :- expansion.

	      If parameter is @	or *, the result is length positional  parame-
	      ters  beginning  at offset.  A negative offset is	taken relative
	      to one greater than the greatest	positional  parameter,	so  an
	      offset  of -1 evaluates to the last positional parameter.	 It is
	      an expansion error if length evaluates to	 a  number  less  than
	      zero.

	      If parameter is an indexed array name subscripted	by @ or	*, the
	      result is	the length members of the array	beginning with ${para-
	      meter[offset]}.	A  negative  offset  is	 taken relative	to one
	      greater than the maximum index of	the specified array.  It is an
	      expansion	error if length	evaluates to a number less than	zero.

	      Substring	expansion applied to an	associative array produces un-
	      defined results.

	      Substring	indexing is zero-based unless the  positional  parame-
	      ters  are	 used,	in  which case the indexing starts at 1	by de-
	      fault.  If offset	is 0, and the positional parameters are	 used,
	      $0 is prefixed to	the list.

       ${!prefix*}
       ${!prefix@}
	      Names  matching prefix.  Expands to the names of variables whose
	      names begin with prefix, separated by the	first character	of the
	      IFS special variable.  When @ is used and	the expansion  appears
	      within  double  quotes, each variable name expands to a separate
	      word.

       ${!name[@]}
       ${!name[*]}
	      List of array keys.  If name is an array	variable,  expands  to
	      the  list	 of array indices (keys) assigned in name.  If name is
	      not an array, expands to 0 if name is set	 and  null  otherwise.
	      When  @  is used and the expansion appears within	double quotes,
	      each key expands to a separate word.

       ${#parameter}
	      Parameter	length.	 The length in characters of the value of  pa-
	      rameter  is substituted.	If parameter is	* or @,	the value sub-
	      stituted is the number of	positional parameters.	 If  parameter
	      is an array name subscripted by *	or @, the value	substituted is
	      the number of elements in	the array.  If parameter is an indexed
	      array  name subscripted by a negative number, that number	is in-
	      terpreted	as relative to one greater than	the maximum  index  of
	      parameter,  so  negative	indices	count back from	the end	of the
	      array, and an index of -1	references the last element.

       ${parameter#word}
       ${parameter##word}
	      Remove matching prefix pattern.  The word	is expanded to produce
	      a	pattern	just as	in pathname expansion, and matched against the
	      expanded value of	parameter using	the rules described under Pat-
	      tern Matching below.  If the pattern matches  the	 beginning  of
	      the  value of parameter, then the	result of the expansion	is the
	      expanded value of	parameter with the shortest  matching  pattern
	      (the  ``#''  case)  or  the longest matching pattern (the	``##''
	      case) deleted.  If parameter is @	or *, the pattern removal  op-
	      eration is applied to each positional parameter in turn, and the
	      expansion	is the resultant list.	If parameter is	an array vari-
	      able  subscripted	 with @	or *, the pattern removal operation is
	      applied to each member of	the array in turn, and	the  expansion
	      is the resultant list.

       ${parameter%word}
       ${parameter%%word}
	      Remove matching suffix pattern.  The word	is expanded to produce
	      a	pattern	just as	in pathname expansion, and matched against the
	      expanded value of	parameter using	the rules described under Pat-
	      tern  Matching below.  If	the pattern matches a trailing portion
	      of the expanded value of parameter, then the result of  the  ex-
	      pansion  is  the	expanded  value	of parameter with the shortest
	      matching pattern (the ``%'' case)	or the longest	matching  pat-
	      tern  (the  ``%%''  case)	 deleted.  If parameter	is @ or	*, the
	      pattern removal operation	is applied to each positional  parame-
	      ter  in turn, and	the expansion is the resultant list.  If para-
	      meter is an array	variable subscripted with @ or *, the  pattern
	      removal  operation  is  applied  to  each	member of the array in
	      turn, and	the expansion is the resultant list.

       ${parameter/pattern/string}
       ${parameter//pattern/string}
       ${parameter/#pattern/string}
       ${parameter/%pattern/string}
	      Pattern substitution.  The pattern is expanded to	produce	a pat-
	      tern just	as in pathname expansion.  Parameter is	 expanded  and
	      the  longest match of pattern against its	value is replaced with
	      string.  string undergoes	tilde expansion, parameter  and	 vari-
	      able  expansion,	arithmetic expansion, command and process sub-
	      stitution, and quote removal.  The match is performed using  the
	      rules described under Pattern Matching below.  In	the first form
	      above,  only  the	 first	match  is  replaced.  If there are two
	      slashes  separating  parameter  and  pattern  (the  second  form
	      above),  all  matches  of	 pattern are replaced with string.  If
	      pattern is preceded by # (the third form above), it  must	 match
	      at the beginning of the expanded value of	parameter.  If pattern
	      is  preceded  by % (the fourth form above), it must match	at the
	      end of the expanded value	of parameter.	If  the	 expansion  of
	      string  is  null,	 matches of pattern are	deleted.  If string is
	      null, matches of pattern are deleted and the / following pattern
	      may be omitted.

	      If the patsub_replacement	shell option is	enabled	 using	shopt,
	      any  unquoted  instances	of  &  in string are replaced with the
	      matching portion of pattern.

	      Quoting any part of string inhibits replacement in the expansion
	      of the quoted portion, including replacement strings  stored  in
	      shell  variables.	  Backslash will escape	& in string; the back-
	      slash is removed in order	to permit a literal & in the  replace-
	      ment  string.  Backslash can also	be used	to escape a backslash;
	      \\ results in a literal backslash	 in  the  replacement.	 Users
	      should  take  care  if string is double-quoted to	avoid unwanted
	      interactions between the	backslash  and	double-quoting,	 since
	      backslash	 has  special  meaning	within double quotes.  Pattern
	      substitution performs the	check for unquoted &  after  expanding
	      string; shell programmers	should quote any occurrences of	& they
	      want to be taken literally in the	replacement and	ensure any in-
	      stances of & they	want to	be replaced are	unquoted.

	      If  the  nocasematch  shell option is enabled, the match is per-
	      formed without regard to the case	of alphabetic characters.   If
	      parameter	 is  @	or *, the substitution operation is applied to
	      each positional parameter	in turn, and the expansion is the  re-
	      sultant  list.   If  parameter  is an array variable subscripted
	      with @ or	*, the substitution operation is applied to each  mem-
	      ber  of  the  array  in turn, and	the expansion is the resultant
	      list.

       ${parameter^pattern}
       ${parameter^^pattern}
       ${parameter,pattern}
       ${parameter,,pattern}
	      Case modification.  This expansion modifies the case  of	alpha-
	      betic  characters	in parameter.  The pattern is expanded to pro-
	      duce a pattern just as in	pathname expansion.  Each character in
	      the expanded value of parameter is tested	against	pattern,  and,
	      if  it  matches the pattern, its case is converted.  The pattern
	      should not attempt to match more than one	character.  The	^  op-
	      erator converts lowercase	letters	matching pattern to uppercase;
	      the , operator converts matching uppercase letters to lowercase.
	      The  ^^  and ,, expansions convert each matched character	in the
	      expanded value; the ^ and	, expansions match  and	 convert  only
	      the  first character in the expanded value.  If pattern is omit-
	      ted, it is treated like a	?, which matches every character.   If
	      parameter	 is @ or *, the	case modification operation is applied
	      to each positional parameter in turn, and	the expansion  is  the
	      resultant	 list.	 If parameter is an array variable subscripted
	      with @ or	*, the case modification operation is applied to  each
	      member  of the array in turn, and	the expansion is the resultant
	      list.

       ${parameter@operator}
	      Parameter	transformation.	 The expansion is either a transforma-
	      tion of the value	of parameter or	 information  about  parameter
	      itself,  depending on the	value of operator.  Each operator is a
	      single letter:

	      U	     The expansion is a	string that is the value of  parameter
		     with  lowercase alphabetic	characters converted to	upper-
		     case.
	      u	     The expansion is a	string that is the value of  parameter
		     with the first character converted	to uppercase, if it is
		     alphabetic.
	      L	     The  expansion is a string	that is	the value of parameter
		     with uppercase alphabetic characters converted to	lower-
		     case.
	      Q	     The  expansion is a string	that is	the value of parameter
		     quoted in a format	that can be reused as input.
	      E	     The expansion is a	string that is the value of  parameter
		     with  backslash  escape  sequences	 expanded  as with the
		     $'...' quoting mechanism.
	      P	     The expansion is a	string that is the result of expanding
		     the value of parameter as if it were a prompt string (see
		     PROMPTING below).
	      A	     The expansion is a	string in the form  of	an  assignment
		     statement	or  declare  command  that, if evaluated, will
		     recreate parameter	with its attributes and	value.
	      K	     Produces a	possibly-quoted	version	of the value of	 para-
		     meter,  except  that  it prints the values	of indexed and
		     associative arrays	as  a  sequence	 of  quoted  key-value
		     pairs (see	Arrays above).
	      a	     The  expansion is a string	consisting of flag values rep-
		     resenting parameter's attributes.
	      k	     Like the K	transformation,	but expands the	keys and  val-
		     ues  of  indexed and associative arrays to	separate words
		     after word	splitting.

	      If parameter is @	or *, the operation is applied to  each	 posi-
	      tional  parameter	 in  turn,  and	the expansion is the resultant
	      list.  If	parameter is an	array variable subscripted with	 @  or
	      *, the operation is applied to each member of the	array in turn,
	      and the expansion	is the resultant list.

	      The  result  of  the  expansion is subject to word splitting and
	      pathname expansion as described below.

   Command Substitution
       Command substitution allows the output of a command to replace the com-
       mand name.  There are two forms:

	      $(command)
       or
	      `command`

       Bash performs the expansion by executing	command	in a subshell environ-
       ment and	replacing the command substitution with	the standard output of
       the command, with any trailing newlines deleted.	 Embedded newlines are
       not deleted, but	they may be removed during word	splitting.   The  com-
       mand  substitution  $(cat  file)	 can be	replaced by the	equivalent but
       faster $(< file).

       When the	old-style backquote form of substitution  is  used,  backslash
       retains	its  literal  meaning except when followed by $, `, or \.  The
       first backquote not preceded by a backslash terminates the command sub-
       stitution.  When	using the $(command) form, all characters between  the
       parentheses make	up the command;	none are treated specially.

       Command substitutions may be nested.  To	nest when using	the backquoted
       form, escape the	inner backquotes with backslashes.

       If  the	substitution  appears within double quotes, word splitting and
       pathname	expansion are not performed on the results.

   Arithmetic Expansion
       Arithmetic expansion allows the evaluation of an	arithmetic  expression
       and  the	 substitution of the result.  The format for arithmetic	expan-
       sion is:

	      $((expression))

       The expression undergoes	the same expansions as if it were within  dou-
       ble  quotes,  but double	quote characters in expression are not treated
       specially and are removed.  All tokens in the expression	undergo	 para-
       meter  and variable expansion, command substitution, and	quote removal.
       The result is treated as	the arithmetic	expression  to	be  evaluated.
       Arithmetic expansions may be nested.

       The  evaluation	is performed according to the rules listed below under
       ARITHMETIC EVALUATION.  If expression is	invalid, bash prints a message
       indicating failure and no substitution occurs.

   Process Substitution
       Process substitution allows a process's input or	output to be  referred
       to  using  a  filename.	 It takes the form of <(list) or >(list).  The
       process list is run asynchronously, and its input or output appears  as
       a filename.  This filename is passed as an argument to the current com-
       mand  as	 the  result  of  the expansion.  If the >(list) form is used,
       writing to the file will	provide	input for list.	 If the	 <(list)  form
       is  used,  the  file passed as an argument should be read to obtain the
       output of list.	Process	substitution is	supported on systems that sup-
       port named pipes	(FIFOs)	or the /dev/fd method of naming	open files.

       When available, process substitution is performed  simultaneously  with
       parameter  and variable expansion, command substitution,	and arithmetic
       expansion.

   Word	Splitting
       The shell scans the results of parameter	expansion,  command  substitu-
       tion,  and arithmetic expansion that did	not occur within double	quotes
       for word	splitting.

       The shell treats	each character of IFS as a delimiter, and  splits  the
       results	of  the	 other expansions into words using these characters as
       field  terminators.   If	 IFS  is  unset,  or  its  value  is   exactly
       <space><tab><newline>,  the  default, then sequences of <space>,	<tab>,
       and <newline> at	the beginning and end of the results of	 the  previous
       expansions  are	ignored, and any sequence of IFS characters not	at the
       beginning or end	serves to delimit words.  If IFS  has  a  value	 other
       than  the  default,  then sequences of the whitespace characters	space,
       tab, and	newline	are ignored at the beginning and end of	the  word,  as
       long  as	the whitespace character is in the value of IFS	(an IFS	white-
       space character).  Any character	in IFS that  is	 not  IFS  whitespace,
       along with any adjacent IFS whitespace characters, delimits a field.  A
       sequence	 of  IFS whitespace characters is also treated as a delimiter.
       If the value of IFS is null, no word splitting occurs.

       Explicit	null arguments ("" or '') are retained and passed to  commands
       as empty	strings.  Unquoted implicit null arguments, resulting from the
       expansion of parameters that have no values, are	removed.  If a parame-
       ter with	no value is expanded within double quotes, a null argument re-
       sults and is retained and passed	to a command as	an empty string.  When
       a  quoted  null	argument  appears as part of a word whose expansion is
       non-null, the null argument is removed.	That is, the word -d'' becomes
       -d after	word splitting and null	argument removal.

       Note that if no expansion occurs, no splitting is performed.

   Pathname Expansion
       After word splitting, unless the	-f option has  been  set,  bash	 scans
       each  word  for the characters *, ?, and	[.  If one of these characters
       appears,	and is not quoted, then	the word is regarded as	a pattern, and
       replaced	with an	alphabetically sorted list of filenames	 matching  the
       pattern	(see  Pattern  Matching	 below).  If no	matching filenames are
       found, and the shell option nullglob is not enabled, the	word  is  left
       unchanged.   If	the  nullglob option is	set, and no matches are	found,
       the word	is removed.  If	the failglob  shell  option  is	 set,  and  no
       matches	are  found, an error message is	printed	and the	command	is not
       executed.  If the shell option nocaseglob is enabled, the match is per-
       formed without regard to	the case of  alphabetic	 characters.   When  a
       pattern	is  used  for  pathname	expansion, the character ``.''	at the
       start of	a name or immediately following	a slash	must  be  matched  ex-
       plicitly,  unless  the  shell option dotglob is set.  In	order to match
       the filenames ``.''  and	``..'',	the pattern must begin with ``.'' (for
       example,	``.?''), even if dotglob is set.  If  the  globskipdots	 shell
       option  is enabled, the filenames ``.''	and ``..''  are	never matched,
       even if the pattern begins with a ``.''.	 When not matching  pathnames,
       the  ``.''   character is not treated specially.	 When matching a path-
       name, the slash character must always be	matched	explicitly by a	 slash
       in  the	pattern, but in	other matching contexts	it can be matched by a
       special pattern character as described below  under  Pattern  Matching.
       See  the	 description of	shopt below under SHELL	BUILTIN	COMMANDS for a
       description of the nocaseglob, nullglob,	 globskipdots,	failglob,  and
       dotglob shell options.

       The  GLOBIGNORE	shell variable may be used to restrict the set of file
       names matching a	pattern.  If GLOBIGNORE	is  set,  each	matching  file
       name  that  also	 matches  one of the patterns in GLOBIGNORE is removed
       from the	list of	matches.  If the nocaseglob option is set, the	match-
       ing  against  the patterns in GLOBIGNORE	is performed without regard to
       case.  The filenames ``.''  and ``..''  are always ignored when GLOBIG-
       NORE is set and not null.  However, setting GLOBIGNORE  to  a  non-null
       value has the effect of enabling	the dotglob shell option, so all other
       filenames  beginning with a ``.''  will match.  To get the old behavior
       of ignoring filenames beginning with a ``.'', make ``.*''  one  of  the
       patterns	in GLOBIGNORE.	The dotglob option is disabled when GLOBIGNORE
       is unset.  The pattern matching honors the setting of the extglob shell
       option.

       Pattern Matching

       Any character that appears in a pattern,	other than the special pattern
       characters  described below, matches itself.  The NUL character may not
       occur in	a pattern.  A backslash	escapes	the following  character;  the
       escaping	 backslash  is	discarded  when	matching.  The special pattern
       characters must be quoted if they are to	be matched literally.

       The special pattern characters have the following meanings:

	      *	     Matches any string, including the null string.  When  the
		     globstar  shell  option  is  enabled,  and	* is used in a
		     pathname expansion	context, two adjacent  *s  used	 as  a
		     single  pattern will match	all files and zero or more di-
		     rectories and subdirectories.  If followed	by  a  /,  two
		     adjacent  *s  will	match only directories and subdirecto-
		     ries.
	      ?	     Matches any single	character.
	      [...]  Matches any one of	the enclosed characters.   A  pair  of
		     characters	 separated by a	hyphen denotes a range expres-
		     sion; any character that falls between those two  charac-
		     ters, inclusive, using the	current	locale's collating se-
		     quence and	character set, is matched.  If the first char-
		     acter  following  the [ is	a !  or	a ^ then any character
		     not enclosed is matched.  The sorting order of characters
		     in	range expressions, and the characters included in  the
		     range,  are determined by the current locale and the val-
		     ues of the	LC_COLLATE or LC_ALL shell variables, if  set.
		     To	obtain the traditional interpretation of range expres-
		     sions,  where [a-d] is equivalent to [abcd], set value of
		     the LC_ALL	shell variable to C, or	enable	the  globasci-
		     iranges shell option.  A -	may be matched by including it
		     as	 the  first  or	last character in the set.  A ]	may be
		     matched by	including it as	the  first  character  in  the
		     set.

		     Within  [ and ], character	classes	can be specified using
		     the syntax	[:class:], where class is one of the following
		     classes defined in	the POSIX standard:
		     alnum alpha ascii blank cntrl  digit  graph  lower	 print
		     punct space upper word xdigit
		     A character class matches any character belonging to that
		     class.  The word character	class matches letters, digits,
		     and the character _.

		     Within [ and ], an	equivalence class can be specified us-
		     ing  the  syntax [=c=], which matches all characters with
		     the same collation	weight (as defined by the current  lo-
		     cale) as the character c.

		     Within [ and ], the syntax	[.symbol.] matches the collat-
		     ing symbol	symbol.

       If  the	extglob	 shell	option is enabled using	the shopt builtin, the
       shell recognizes	several	extended pattern matching operators.   In  the
       following description, a	pattern-list is	a list of one or more patterns
       separated  by  a	|.  Composite patterns may be formed using one or more
       of the following	sub-patterns:

	      ?(pattern-list)
		     Matches zero or one occurrence of the given patterns
	      *(pattern-list)
		     Matches zero or more occurrences of the given patterns
	      +(pattern-list)
		     Matches one or more occurrences of	the given patterns
	      @(pattern-list)
		     Matches one of the	given patterns
	      !(pattern-list)
		     Matches anything except one of the	given patterns

       Theextglob option changes the behavior of the parser, since the	paren-
       theses  are  normally  treated as operators with	syntactic meaning.  To
       ensure that extended matching patterns are parsed correctly, make  sure
       that  extglob  is enabled before	parsing	constructs containing the pat-
       terns, including	shell functions	and command substitutions.

       When matching filenames,	the dotglob shell option determines the	set of
       filenames that are tested: when dotglob is enabled, the	set  of	 file-
       names  includes	all  files  beginning with ``.'', but ``.'' and	``..''
       must be matched by a pattern or sub-pattern that	 begins	 with  a  dot;
       when  it	 is disabled, the set does not include any filenames beginning
       with ``.'' unless the pattern or	sub-pattern begins with	a  ``.''.   As
       above, ``.'' only has a special meaning when matching filenames.

       Complicated extended pattern matching against long strings is slow, es-
       pecially	when the patterns contain alternations and the strings contain
       multiple	 matches.   Using separate matches against shorter strings, or
       using arrays of strings instead of a single long	string,	may be faster.

   Quote Removal
       After the preceding expansions, all unquoted occurrences	of the charac-
       ters \, ', and "	that did not result from one of	the  above  expansions
       are removed.

REDIRECTION
       Before  a  command  is executed,	its input and output may be redirected
       using a special notation	interpreted by the shell.  Redirection	allows
       commands'  file handles to be duplicated, opened, closed, made to refer
       to different files, and can change the files the	command	reads from and
       writes to.  Redirection may also	be used	to modify file handles in  the
       current	shell execution	environment.  The following redirection	opera-
       tors may	precede	or appear anywhere within a simple command or may fol-
       low a command.  Redirections are	processed in the  order	 they  appear,
       from left to right.

       Each  redirection  that may be preceded by a file descriptor number may
       instead be preceded by a	word of	the form {varname}.  In	this case, for
       each redirection	operator except	>&- and	<&-, the shell will allocate a
       file descriptor greater than or equal to	10 and assign it  to  varname.
       If  >&-	or  <&-	is preceded by {varname}, the value of varname defines
       the file	descriptor to close.  If {varname} is supplied,	 the  redirec-
       tion  persists beyond the scope of the command, allowing	the shell pro-
       grammer	to  manage  the	 file  descriptor's  lifetime  manually.   The
       varredir_close shell option manages this	behavior.

       In  the	following descriptions,	if the file descriptor number is omit-
       ted, and	the first character of the  redirection	 operator  is  <,  the
       redirection  refers  to the standard input (file	descriptor 0).	If the
       first character of the  redirection  operator  is  >,  the  redirection
       refers to the standard output (file descriptor 1).

       The  word  following the	redirection operator in	the following descrip-
       tions, unless otherwise noted, is subjected to brace  expansion,	 tilde
       expansion,  parameter  and  variable  expansion,	 command substitution,
       arithmetic expansion,  quote  removal,  pathname	 expansion,  and  word
       splitting.  If it expands to more than one word,	bash reports an	error.

       Note  that  the order of	redirections is	significant.  For example, the
       command

	      ls > dirlist 2>&1

       directs both standard output and	standard error to  the	file  dirlist,
       while the command

	      ls 2>&1 >	dirlist

       directs	only the standard output to file dirlist, because the standard
       error was duplicated from the standard output before the	standard  out-
       put was redirected to dirlist.

       Bash handles several filenames specially	when they are used in redirec-
       tions, as described in the following table.  If the operating system on
       which bash is running provides these special files, bash	will use them;
       otherwise  it  will emulate them	internally with	the behavior described
       below.

	      /dev/fd/fd
		     If	fd is a	valid integer, file descriptor	fd  is	dupli-
		     cated.
	      /dev/stdin
		     File descriptor 0 is duplicated.
	      /dev/stdout
		     File descriptor 1 is duplicated.
	      /dev/stderr
		     File descriptor 2 is duplicated.
	      /dev/tcp/host/port
		     If	host is	a valid	hostname or Internet address, and port
		     is	 an integer port number	or service name, bash attempts
		     to	open the corresponding TCP socket.
	      /dev/udp/host/port
		     If	host is	a valid	hostname or Internet address, and port
		     is	an integer port	number or service name,	bash  attempts
		     to	open the corresponding UDP socket.

       A failure to open or create a file causes the redirection to fail.

       Redirections  using file	descriptors greater than 9 should be used with
       care, as	they may conflict with file descriptors	the shell uses	inter-
       nally.

   Redirecting Input
       Redirection of input causes the file whose name results from the	expan-
       sion  of	 word  to  be  opened for reading on file descriptor n,	or the
       standard	input (file descriptor 0) if n is not specified.

       The general format for redirecting input	is:

	      [n]<word

   Redirecting Output
       Redirection of output causes the	file whose name	results	from  the  ex-
       pansion	of  word to be opened for writing on file descriptor n,	or the
       standard	output (file descriptor	1) if n	is not specified.  If the file
       does not	exist it is created; if	it does	exist it is truncated to  zero
       size.

       The general format for redirecting output is:

	      [n]>word

       If  the	redirection operator is	>, and the noclobber option to the set
       builtin has been	enabled, the redirection will fail if the  file	 whose
       name  results  from the expansion of word exists	and is a regular file.
       If the redirection operator is >|, or the redirection operator is > and
       the noclobber option to the set builtin command	is  not	 enabled,  the
       redirection is attempted	even if	the file named by word exists.

   Appending Redirected	Output
       Redirection  of	output	in this	fashion	causes the file	whose name re-
       sults from the expansion	of word	to be opened for appending on file de-
       scriptor	n, or the standard output (file	descriptor  1)	if  n  is  not
       specified.  If the file does not	exist it is created.

       The general format for appending	output is:

	      [n]>>word

   Redirecting Standard	Output and Standard Error
       This  construct allows both the standard	output (file descriptor	1) and
       the standard error output (file descriptor 2) to	be redirected  to  the
       file whose name is the expansion	of word.

       There  are two formats for redirecting standard output and standard er-
       ror:

	      &>word
       and
	      >&word

       Of the two forms, the first is preferred.  This is semantically equiva-
       lent to

	      >word 2>&1

       When using the second form, word	may not	expand to a number or  -.   If
       it  does,  other	 redirection operators apply (see Duplicating File De-
       scriptors below)	for compatibility reasons.

   Appending Standard Output and Standard Error
       This construct allows both the standard output (file descriptor 1)  and
       the  standard  error  output  (file descriptor 2) to be appended	to the
       file whose name is the expansion	of word.

       The format for appending	standard output	and standard error is:

	      &>>word

       This is semantically equivalent to

	      >>word 2>&1

       (see Duplicating	File Descriptors below).

   Here	Documents
       This type of redirection	instructs the shell to	read  input  from  the
       current source until a line containing only delimiter (with no trailing
       blanks)	is seen.  All of the lines read	up to that point are then used
       as the standard input (or file descriptor n if n	is  specified)	for  a
       command.

       The format of here-documents is:

	      [n]<<[-]word
		      here-document
	      delimiter

       No  parameter  and variable expansion, command substitution, arithmetic
       expansion, or pathname expansion	is performed on	word.  If any part  of
       word  is	 quoted, the delimiter is the result of	quote removal on word,
       and the lines in	the here-document are not expanded.  If	 word  is  un-
       quoted,	all  lines of the here-document	are subjected to parameter ex-
       pansion,	command	substitution, and arithmetic expansion,	the  character
       sequence	\<newline> is ignored, and \ must be used to quote the charac-
       ters \, $, and `.

       If the redirection operator is <<-, then	all leading tab	characters are
       stripped	 from input lines and the line containing delimiter.  This al-
       lows here-documents within shell	scripts	to be indented	in  a  natural
       fashion.

   Here	Strings
       A variant of here documents, the	format is:

	      [n]<<<word

       The  word  undergoes tilde expansion, parameter and variable expansion,
       command substitution, arithmetic	expansion, and quote  removal.	 Path-
       name  expansion	and  word  splitting are not performed.	 The result is
       supplied	as a single string, with a newline appended, to	the command on
       its standard input (or file descriptor n	if n is	specified).

   Duplicating File Descriptors
       The redirection operator

	      [n]<&word

       is used to duplicate input file descriptors.  If	word expands to	one or
       more digits, the	file descriptor	denoted	by n is	made to	be a  copy  of
       that  file descriptor.  If the digits in	word do	not specify a file de-
       scriptor	open for input,	a redirection error occurs.  If	word evaluates
       to -, file descriptor n is closed.  If n	is not specified, the standard
       input (file descriptor 0) is used.

       The operator

	      [n]>&word

       is used similarly to duplicate output file descriptors.	If  n  is  not
       specified,  the	standard  output  (file	descriptor 1) is used.	If the
       digits in word do not specify a file  descriptor	 open  for  output,  a
       redirection error occurs.  If word evaluates to -, file descriptor n is
       closed.	 As  a special case, if	n is omitted, and word does not	expand
       to one or more digits or	-, the standard	output and standard error  are
       redirected as described previously.

   Moving File Descriptors
       The redirection operator

	      [n]<&digit-

       moves  the  file	descriptor digit to file descriptor n, or the standard
       input (file descriptor 0) if n is not specified.	 digit is closed after
       being duplicated	to n.

       Similarly, the redirection operator

	      [n]>&digit-

       moves the file descriptor digit to file descriptor n, or	 the  standard
       output (file descriptor 1) if n is not specified.

   Opening File	Descriptors for	Reading	and Writing
       The redirection operator

	      [n]<>word

       causes  the  file  whose	name is	the expansion of word to be opened for
       both reading and	writing	on file	descriptor n, or on file descriptor  0
       if n is not specified.  If the file does	not exist, it is created.

ALIASES
       Aliases	allow a	string to be substituted for a word when it is used as
       the first word of a simple command.  The	 shell	maintains  a  list  of
       aliases	that  may  be set and unset with the alias and unalias builtin
       commands	(see SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS below).  The first	word  of  each
       simple  command,	if unquoted, is	checked	to see if it has an alias.  If
       so, that	word is	replaced by the	text of	the alias.  The	characters  /,
       $,  `,  and = and any of	the shell metacharacters or quoting characters
       listed above may	not appear in an alias name.  The replacement text may
       contain any valid shell input,  including  shell	 metacharacters.   The
       first  word  of	the replacement	text is	tested for aliases, but	a word
       that is identical to an alias being expanded is not expanded  a	second
       time.   This  means  that  one may alias	ls to ls -F, for instance, and
       bash does not try to recursively	expand the replacement text.   If  the
       last  character	of  the	 alias value is	a blank, then the next command
       word following the alias	is also	checked	for alias expansion.

       Aliases are created and listed with the alias command, and removed with
       the unalias command.

       There is	no mechanism for using arguments in the	replacement text.   If
       arguments are needed, use a shell function (see FUNCTIONS below).

       Aliases	are not	expanded when the shell	is not interactive, unless the
       expand_aliases shell option is set using	shopt (see the description  of
       shopt under SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS below).

       The  rules  concerning  the  definition and use of aliases are somewhat
       confusing.  Bash	always reads at	least one complete line	of input,  and
       all  lines that make up a compound command, before executing any	of the
       commands	on that	line or	the compound command.	Aliases	 are  expanded
       when  a	command	is read, not when it is	executed.  Therefore, an alias
       definition appearing on the same	line as	another	command	does not  take
       effect  until  the  next	line of	input is read.	The commands following
       the alias definition on that line are not affected by  the  new	alias.
       This  behavior  is  also	an issue when functions	are executed.  Aliases
       are expanded when a function definition is read,	not when the  function
       is  executed,  because a	function definition is itself a	command.  As a
       consequence, aliases defined in a function are not available until  af-
       ter  that  function  is executed.  To be	safe, always put alias defini-
       tions on	a separate line, and do	not use	alias in compound commands.

       For almost every	purpose, aliases are superseded	by shell functions.

FUNCTIONS
       A shell function, defined  as  described	 above	under  SHELL  GRAMMAR,
       stores  a  series  of commands for later	execution.  When the name of a
       shell function is used as a simple command name,	the list  of  commands
       associated with that function name is executed.	Functions are executed
       in  the	context	of the current shell; no new process is	created	to in-
       terpret them (contrast this with	the  execution	of  a  shell  script).
       When  a	function is executed, the arguments to the function become the
       positional parameters during its	execution.  The	special	parameter # is
       updated to reflect the change.  Special parameter 0 is unchanged.   The
       first  element of the FUNCNAME variable is set to the name of the func-
       tion while the function is executing.

       All other aspects of the	shell execution	environment are	identical  be-
       tween  a	 function  and its caller with these exceptions: the DEBUG and
       RETURN traps (see the description  of  the  trap	 builtin  under	 SHELL
       BUILTIN	COMMANDS below)	are not	inherited unless the function has been
       given the trace attribute (see the description of the  declare  builtin
       below)  or  the -o functrace shell option has been enabled with the set
       builtin (in which case all  functions  inherit  the  DEBUG  and	RETURN
       traps),	and the	ERR trap is not	inherited unless the -o	errtrace shell
       option has been enabled.

       Variables local to the function may be declared with the	local  builtin
       command	(local variables).  Ordinarily,	variables and their values are
       shared between the function and its caller.  If a variable is  declared
       local,  the variable's visible scope is restricted to that function and
       its children (including the functions it	calls).

       In the following	description, the current scope is a currently- execut-
       ing function.  Previous scopes consist of that function's caller	and so
       on, back	to the "global"	scope, where the shell is  not	executing  any
       shell function.	Consequently, a	local variable at the current scope is
       a variable declared using the local or declare builtins in the function
       that is currently executing.

       Local  variables	"shadow" variables with	the same name declared at pre-
       vious scopes.  For instance, a local variable declared  in  a  function
       hides  a	 global	 variable of the same name: references and assignments
       refer to	the local variable, leaving the	 global	 variable  unmodified.
       When the	function returns, the global variable is once again visible.

       The  shell  uses	 dynamic  scoping  to  control a variable's visibility
       within functions.  With dynamic scoping,	visible	 variables  and	 their
       values  are a result of the sequence of function	calls that caused exe-
       cution to reach the current function.  The value	of a variable  that  a
       function	 sees  depends on its value within its caller, if any, whether
       that caller is the "global" scope or another shell function.   This  is
       also  the  value	 that  a local variable	declaration "shadows", and the
       value that is restored when the function	returns.

       For example, if a variable var is declared as local in function	func1,
       and  func1  calls  another  function func2, references to var made from
       within func2 will resolve to the	local variable var from	func1, shadow-
       ing any global variable named var.

       The unset builtin also acts using the same dynamic scope: if a variable
       is local	to the current scope, unset will unset it; otherwise the unset
       will refer to the variable found	in  any	 calling  scope	 as  described
       above.	If a variable at the current local scope is unset, it will re-
       main so (appearing as unset) until it is	reset in that scope  or	 until
       the  function  returns.	Once the function returns, any instance	of the
       variable	at a previous scope will become	visible.  If the unset acts on
       a variable at a previous	scope, any instance of a  variable  with  that
       name  that had been shadowed will become	visible	(see below how the lo-
       calvar_unset shell option changes this behavior).

       The FUNCNEST variable, if set to	a numeric value	greater	 than  0,  de-
       fines  a	maximum	function nesting level.	 Function invocations that ex-
       ceed the	limit cause the	entire command to abort.

       If the builtin command return is	executed in a function,	 the  function
       completes  and  execution resumes with the next command after the func-
       tion call.  Any command associated with the RETURN trap is executed be-
       fore execution resumes.	When a function	completes, the values  of  the
       positional  parameters  and the special parameter # are restored	to the
       values they had prior to	the function's execution.

       Function	names and definitions may be listed with the -f	option to  the
       declare or typeset builtin commands.  The -F option to declare or type-
       set  will  list the function names only (and optionally the source file
       and line	number,	if the extdebug	shell option is	 enabled).   Functions
       may  be exported	so that	child shell processes (those created when exe-
       cuting a	separate shell invocation)  automatically  have	 them  defined
       with the	-f option to the export	builtin.  A function definition	may be
       deleted using the -f option to the unset	builtin.

       Functions may be	recursive.  The	FUNCNEST variable may be used to limit
       the  depth  of the function call	stack and restrict the number of func-
       tion invocations.  By default, no limit is imposed on the number	of re-
       cursive calls.

ARITHMETIC EVALUATION
       The shell allows	arithmetic expressions to be evaluated,	under  certain
       circumstances  (see  the	 let and declare builtin commands, the (( com-
       pound command, and Arithmetic Expansion).  Evaluation is	done in	fixed-
       width integers with no check for	overflow,  though  division  by	 0  is
       trapped	and  flagged as	an error.  The operators and their precedence,
       associativity, and values are the same as in the	C language.  The  fol-
       lowing list of operators	is grouped into	levels of equal-precedence op-
       erators.	 The levels are	listed in order	of decreasing precedence.

       id++ id--
	      variable post-increment and post-decrement
       - +    unary minus and plus
       ++id --id
	      variable pre-increment and pre-decrement
       ! ~    logical and bitwise negation
       **     exponentiation
       * / %  multiplication, division,	remainder
       + -    addition,	subtraction
       << >>  left and right bitwise shifts
       <= >= < >
	      comparison
       == !=  equality and inequality
       &      bitwise AND
       ^      bitwise exclusive	OR
       |      bitwise OR
       &&     logical AND
       ||     logical OR
       expr?expr:expr
	      conditional operator
       = *= /= %= += -=	<<= >>=	&= ^= |=
	      assignment
       expr1 , expr2
	      comma

       Shell  variables	 are  allowed as operands; parameter expansion is per-
       formed before the expression is evaluated.  Within an expression, shell
       variables may also be referenced	by name	without	 using	the  parameter
       expansion  syntax.  A shell variable that is null or unset evaluates to
       0 when referenced by name without using the parameter expansion syntax.
       The value of a variable is evaluated as an arithmetic  expression  when
       it  is  referenced, or when a variable which has	been given the integer
       attribute using declare -i is assigned a	value.	A null value evaluates
       to 0.  A	shell variable need not	have its integer attribute  turned  on
       to be used in an	expression.

       Integer constants follow	the C language definition, without suffixes or
       character constants.  Constants with a leading 0	are interpreted	as oc-
       tal  numbers.  A	leading	0x or 0X denotes hexadecimal.  Otherwise, num-
       bers take the form [base#]n, where the optional base is a decimal  num-
       ber  between 2 and 64 representing the arithmetic base, and n is	a num-
       ber in that base.  If base# is omitted, then base  10  is  used.	  When
       specifying n, if	a non-digit is required, the digits greater than 9 are
       represented  by the lowercase letters, the uppercase letters, @,	and _,
       in that order.  If base is less than or equal to	36, lowercase and  up-
       percase	letters	 may  be used interchangeably to represent numbers be-
       tween 10	and 35.

       Operators are evaluated in order	 of  precedence.   Sub-expressions  in
       parentheses  are	 evaluated first and may override the precedence rules
       above.

CONDITIONAL EXPRESSIONS
       Conditional expressions are used	by the [[  compound  command  and  the
       test  and [ builtin commands to test file attributes and	perform	string
       and arithmetic comparisons.  The	test and [  commands  determine	 their
       behavior	 based	on  the	 number	 of arguments; see the descriptions of
       those commands for any other command-specific actions.

       Expressions are formed from the following unary	or  binary  primaries.
       Bash  handles several filenames specially when they are used in expres-
       sions.  If the operating	system on which	bash is	running	provides these
       special files, bash will	use them; otherwise it will emulate  them  in-
       ternally	 with  this  behavior: If any file argument to one of the pri-
       maries is of the	form /dev/fd/n,	then file descriptor n is checked.  If
       the file	argument to  one  of  the  primaries  is  one  of  /dev/stdin,
       /dev/stdout,  or	/dev/stderr, file descriptor 0,	1, or 2, respectively,
       is checked.

       Unless otherwise	specified, primaries that operate on files follow sym-
       bolic links and operate on the target of	the link, rather than the link
       itself.

       When used with [[, the <	and > operators	sort  lexicographically	 using
       the current locale.  The	test command sorts using ASCII ordering.

       -a file
	      True if file exists.
       -b file
	      True if file exists and is a block special file.
       -c file
	      True if file exists and is a character special file.
       -d file
	      True if file exists and is a directory.
       -e file
	      True if file exists.
       -f file
	      True if file exists and is a regular file.
       -g file
	      True if file exists and is set-group-id.
       -h file
	      True if file exists and is a symbolic link.
       -k file
	      True if file exists and its ``sticky'' bit is set.
       -p file
	      True if file exists and is a named pipe (FIFO).
       -r file
	      True if file exists and is readable.
       -s file
	      True if file exists and has a size greater than zero.
       -t fd  True if file descriptor fd is open and refers to a terminal.
       -u file
	      True if file exists and its set-user-id bit is set.
       -w file
	      True if file exists and is writable.
       -x file
	      True if file exists and is executable.
       -G file
	      True if file exists and is owned by the effective	group id.
       -L file
	      True if file exists and is a symbolic link.
       -N file
	      True  if	file  exists  and  has been modified since it was last
	      read.
       -O file
	      True if file exists and is owned by the effective	user id.
       -S file
	      True if file exists and is a socket.
       file1 -ef file2
	      True if file1 and	file2 refer to the same	device and inode  num-
	      bers.
       file1 -nt file2
	      True  if	file1  is  newer (according to modification date) than
	      file2, or	if file1 exists	and file2 does not.
       file1 -ot file2
	      True if file1 is older than file2, or if file2 exists and	 file1
	      does not.
       -o optname
	      True  if	the  shell option optname is enabled.  See the list of
	      options under the	description  of	 the  -o  option  to  the  set
	      builtin below.
       -v varname
	      True  if	the shell variable varname is set (has been assigned a
	      value).
       -R varname
	      True if the shell	variable varname is set	and is a  name	refer-
	      ence.
       -z string
	      True if the length of string is zero.
       string
       -n string
	      True if the length of string is non-zero.

       string1 == string2
       string1 = string2
	      True  if	the strings are	equal.	= should be used with the test
	      command for POSIX	conformance.  When used	with the  [[  command,
	      this performs pattern matching as	described above	(Compound Com-
	      mands).

       string1 != string2
	      True if the strings are not equal.

       string1 < string2
	      True if string1 sorts before string2 lexicographically.

       string1 > string2
	      True if string1 sorts after string2 lexicographically.

       arg1 OP arg2
	      OP  is one of -eq, -ne, -lt, -le,	-gt, or	-ge.  These arithmetic
	      binary operators return true if arg1 is equal to,	not equal  to,
	      less  than, less than or equal to, greater than, or greater than
	      or equal to arg2,	respectively.  Arg1 and	arg2 may  be  positive
	      or  negative  integers.  When used with the [[ command, Arg1 and
	      Arg2 are evaluated as  arithmetic	 expressions  (see  ARITHMETIC
	      EVALUATION above).

SIMPLE COMMAND EXPANSION
       When a simple command is	executed, the shell performs the following ex-
       pansions,  assignments,	and  redirections,  from left to right,	in the
       following order.

       1.     The words	that the parser	has  marked  as	 variable  assignments
	      (those  preceding	 the  command name) and	redirections are saved
	      for later	processing.

       2.     The words	that are not variable assignments or redirections  are
	      expanded.	  If  any words	remain after expansion,	the first word
	      is taken to be the name of the command and the  remaining	 words
	      are the arguments.

       3.     Redirections are performed as described above under REDIRECTION.

       4.     The text after the = in each variable assignment undergoes tilde
	      expansion, parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic
	      expansion,  and quote removal before being assigned to the vari-
	      able.

       If no command name results, the variable	assignments affect the current
       shell environment.  In the case of such a command  (one	that  consists
       only  of	assignment statements and redirections), assignment statements
       are performed before redirections.  Otherwise, the variables are	 added
       to  the	environment of the executed command and	do not affect the cur-
       rent shell environment.	If any of the assignments attempts to assign a
       value to	a readonly variable, an	error occurs, and  the	command	 exits
       with a non-zero status.

       If  no command name results, redirections are performed,	but do not af-
       fect the	current	shell environment.  A  redirection  error  causes  the
       command to exit with a non-zero status.

       If  there is a command name left	after expansion, execution proceeds as
       described below.	 Otherwise, the	command	exits.	If one of  the	expan-
       sions  contained	a command substitution,	the exit status	of the command
       is the exit status of the  last	command	 substitution  performed.   If
       there were no command substitutions, the	command	exits with a status of
       zero.

COMMAND	EXECUTION
       After  a	 command  has been split into words, if	it results in a	simple
       command and an optional list of arguments, the  following  actions  are
       taken.

       If  the	command	name contains no slashes, the shell attempts to	locate
       it.  If there exists a shell function by	that name,  that  function  is
       invoked	as described above in FUNCTIONS.  If the name does not match a
       function, the shell searches for	it in the list of shell	builtins.   If
       a match is found, that builtin is invoked.

       If  the name is neither a shell function	nor a builtin, and contains no
       slashes,	bash searches each element of the PATH for  a  directory  con-
       taining an executable file by that name.	 Bash uses a hash table	to re-
       member  the  full  pathnames  of	executable files (see hash under SHELL
       BUILTIN COMMANDS	below).	 A full	search of the directories in  PATH  is
       performed  only	if the command is not found in the hash	table.	If the
       search is unsuccessful, the shell searches for a	defined	shell function
       named command_not_found_handle.	If that	function exists, it is invoked
       in a separate execution environment with	the original command  and  the
       original	 command's arguments as	its arguments, and the function's exit
       status becomes the exit status of that subshell.	 If that  function  is
       not defined, the	shell prints an	error message and returns an exit sta-
       tus of 127.

       If  the	search	is  successful,	or if the command name contains	one or
       more slashes, the shell executes	the named program in a separate	execu-
       tion environment.  Argument 0 is	set to the name	given, and the remain-
       ing arguments to	the command are	set to the arguments given, if any.

       If this execution fails because the file	is not in  executable  format,
       and  the	file is	not a directory, it is assumed to be a shell script, a
       file containing shell commands, and the shell creates a new instance of
       itself to execute it.  This subshell reinitializes itself, so that  the
       effect is as if a new shell had been invoked to handle the script, with
       the  exception  that the	locations of commands remembered by the	parent
       (see hash below under SHELL  BUILTIN  COMMANDS)	are  retained  by  the
       child.

       If  the program is a file beginning with	#!, the	remainder of the first
       line specifies an interpreter for the program.  The shell executes  the
       specified interpreter on	operating systems that do not handle this exe-
       cutable format themselves.  The arguments to the	interpreter consist of
       a  single optional argument following the interpreter name on the first
       line of the program, followed by	the name of the	program,  followed  by
       the command arguments, if any.

COMMAND	EXECUTION ENVIRONMENT
       The  shell  has an execution environment, which consists	of the follow-
       ing:

             open files inherited by the shell	at invocation, as modified  by
	      redirections supplied to the exec	builtin

             the  current  working directory as set by	cd, pushd, or popd, or
	      inherited	by the shell at	invocation

             the file creation	mode mask as set by umask  or  inherited  from
	      the shell's parent

             current traps set	by trap

             shell parameters that are	set by variable	assignment or with set
	      or inherited from	the shell's parent in the environment

             shell  functions	defined	during execution or inherited from the
	      shell's parent in	the environment

             options enabled at invocation (either by default	or  with  com-
	      mand-line	arguments) or by set

             options enabled by shopt

             shell aliases defined with alias

             various  process	IDs,  including	 those of background jobs, the
	      value of $$, and the value of PPID

       When a simple command other than	a builtin or shell function is	to  be
       executed,  it  is invoked in a separate execution environment that con-
       sists of	the following.	Unless otherwise noted,	the values are	inher-
       ited from the shell.

             the  shell's  open  files,  plus any modifications and additions
	      specified	by redirections	to the command

             the current working directory

             the file creation	mode mask

             shell variables and functions  marked  for  export,  along  with
	      variables	exported for the command, passed in the	environment

             traps caught by the shell	are reset to the values	inherited from
	      the shell's parent, and traps ignored by the shell are ignored

       A  command  invoked  in	this  separate	environment  cannot affect the
       shell's execution environment.

       A subshell is a copy of the shell process.

       Command substitution, commands grouped with parentheses,	and  asynchro-
       nous commands are invoked in a subshell environment that	is a duplicate
       of the shell environment, except	that traps caught by the shell are re-
       set  to	the values that	the shell inherited from its parent at invoca-
       tion.  Builtin commands that are	invoked	as part	of a pipeline are also
       executed	in a subshell environment.  Changes made to the	subshell envi-
       ronment cannot affect the shell's execution environment.

       Subshells spawned to execute command substitutions inherit the value of
       the -e option from the parent shell.  When  not	in  posix  mode,  bash
       clears the -e option in such subshells.

       If  a command is	followed by a &	and job	control	is not active, the de-
       fault standard input for	the command is the empty file /dev/null.  Oth-
       erwise, the invoked command inherits the	file descriptors of the	 call-
       ing shell as modified by	redirections.

ENVIRONMENT
       When  a	program	 is invoked it is given	an array of strings called the
       environment.   This  is	a  list	 of  name-value	 pairs,	 of  the  form
       name=value.

       The  shell provides several ways	to manipulate the environment.	On in-
       vocation, the shell scans its own environment and creates  a  parameter
       for  each  name	found,	automatically  marking	it for export to child
       processes.  Executed commands inherit the environment.  The export  and
       declare	-x  commands allow parameters and functions to be added	to and
       deleted from the	environment.  If the value of a	parameter in the envi-
       ronment is modified, the	new value becomes part of the environment, re-
       placing the old.	 The environment inherited  by	any  executed  command
       consists	 of the	shell's	initial	environment, whose values may be modi-
       fied in the shell, less any pairs removed by the	 unset	command,  plus
       any additions via the export and	declare	-x commands.

       The  environment	 for  any  simple command or function may be augmented
       temporarily by prefixing	it with	parameter  assignments,	 as  described
       above in	PARAMETERS.  These assignment statements affect	only the envi-
       ronment seen by that command.

       If  the	-k option is set (see the set builtin command below), then all
       parameter assignments are placed	in the environment for a command,  not
       just those that precede the command name.

       When  bash  invokes  an	external command, the variable _ is set	to the
       full filename of	the command and	passed to that command in its environ-
       ment.

EXIT STATUS
       The exit	status of an executed command is the  value  returned  by  the
       waitpid system call or equivalent function.  Exit statuses fall between
       0  and  255, though, as explained below,	the shell may use values above
       125 specially.  Exit statuses from shell	builtins and compound commands
       are also	limited	to this	range.	Under certain circumstances, the shell
       will use	special	values to indicate specific failure modes.

       For the shell's purposes, a command which exits with a zero exit	status
       has succeeded.  An exit status of zero indicates	success.   A  non-zero
       exit  status  indicates	failure.  When a command terminates on a fatal
       signal N, bash uses the value of	128+N as the exit status.

       If a command is not found, the child process created to execute it  re-
       turns  a	 status	 of 127.  If a command is found	but is not executable,
       the return status is 126.

       If a command fails because of an	error during expansion or redirection,
       the exit	status is greater than zero.

       Shell builtin commands return a status of 0 (true) if  successful,  and
       non-zero	 (false)  if an	error occurs while they	execute.  All builtins
       return an exit status of	2 to indicate incorrect	usage,	generally  in-
       valid options or	missing	arguments.

       The exit	status of the last command is available	in the special parame-
       ter $?.

       Bash  itself  returns the exit status of	the last command executed, un-
       less a syntax error occurs, in which case  it  exits  with  a  non-zero
       value.  See also	the exit builtin command below.

SIGNALS
       When  bash  is  interactive,  in	 the  absence of any traps, it ignores
       SIGTERM (so that	kill 0 does not	kill an	interactive shell), and	SIGINT
       is caught and handled (so that the wait builtin is interruptible).   In
       all cases, bash ignores SIGQUIT.	 If job	control	is in effect, bash ig-
       nores SIGTTIN, SIGTTOU, and SIGTSTP.

       Non-builtin commands run	by bash	have signal handlers set to the	values
       inherited by the	shell from its parent.	When job control is not	in ef-
       fect,  asynchronous  commands  ignore SIGINT and	SIGQUIT	in addition to
       these inherited handlers.  Commands run as a result of command  substi-
       tution ignore the keyboard-generated job	control	signals	SIGTTIN, SIGT-
       TOU, and	SIGTSTP.

       The  shell  exits by default upon receipt of a SIGHUP.  Before exiting,
       an interactive shell  resends  the  SIGHUP  to  all  jobs,  running  or
       stopped.	 Stopped jobs are sent SIGCONT to ensure that they receive the
       SIGHUP.	 To  prevent the shell from sending the	signal to a particular
       job, it should be removed from the jobs table with the  disown  builtin
       (see  SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS below) or marked to	not receive SIGHUP us-
       ing disown -h.

       If the huponexit	shell option has been set with	shopt,	bash  sends  a
       SIGHUP to all jobs when an interactive login shell exits.

       If  bash	is waiting for a command to complete and receives a signal for
       which a trap has	been set, the trap will	not be executed	until the com-
       mand completes.	When bash is waiting for an asynchronous  command  via
       the  wait  builtin, the reception of a signal for which a trap has been
       set will	cause the wait builtin to return immediately with an exit sta-
       tus greater than	128, immediately after which the trap is executed.

       When job	control	is not enabled,	and bash is waiting for	 a  foreground
       command to complete, the	shell receives keyboard-generated signals such
       as  SIGINT (usually generated by	^C) that users commonly	intend to send
       to that command.	 This happens because the shell	and the	command	are in
       the same	process	group as the terminal, and  ^C	sends  SIGINT  to  all
       processes in that process group.

       When  bash  is  running without job control enabled and receives	SIGINT
       while waiting for a foreground command, it waits	until that  foreground
       command terminates and then decides what	to do about the	SIGINT:

       1.     If the command terminates	due to the SIGINT, bash	concludes that
	      the  user	meant to end the entire	script,	and acts on the	SIGINT
	      (e.g., by	running	a SIGINT trap or exiting itself);

       2.     If the command does not terminate	due  to	 SIGINT,  the  program
	      handled  the  SIGINT itself and did not treat it as a fatal sig-
	      nal.  In that case, bash does not	treat SIGINT as	a  fatal  sig-
	      nal,  either,  instead assuming that the SIGINT was used as part
	      of the program's normal operation	(e.g., emacs uses it to	 abort
	      editing commands)	or deliberately	discarded.  However, bash will
	      run  any	trap  set on SIGINT, as	it does	with any other trapped
	      signal it	receives while it is waiting for the  foreground  com-
	      mand to complete,	for compatibility.

JOB CONTROL
       Job control refers to the ability to selectively	stop (suspend) the ex-
       ecution	of  processes and continue (resume) their execution at a later
       point.  A user typically	employs	this facility via an  interactive  in-
       terface supplied	jointly	by the operating system	kernel's terminal dri-
       ver and bash.

       The  shell  associates  a  job with each	pipeline.  It keeps a table of
       currently executing jobs, which may be listed with  the	jobs  command.
       When  bash starts a job asynchronously (in the background), it prints a
       line that looks like:

	      [1] 25647

       indicating that this job	is job number 1	and that the process ID	of the
       last process in the pipeline associated with this job is	25647.	All of
       the processes in	a single pipeline are members of the same  job.	  Bash
       uses the	job abstraction	as the basis for job control.

       To  facilitate the implementation of the	user interface to job control,
       the operating system maintains the notion of a current terminal process
       group ID.  Members of this process group	(processes whose process group
       ID is equal to the current terminal process group ID) receive keyboard-
       generated signals such as SIGINT.  These	processes are said  to	be  in
       the  foreground.	 Background processes are those	whose process group ID
       differs from the	terminal's; such processes are immune to keyboard-gen-
       erated signals.	Only foreground	processes are allowed to read from or,
       if the user so specifies	with  stty  tostop,  write  to	the  terminal.
       Background  processes  which  attempt  to read from (write to when stty
       tostop is in effect) the	terminal are sent a SIGTTIN  (SIGTTOU)	signal
       by  the	kernel's  terminal  driver, which, unless caught, suspends the
       process.

       If the operating	system on which	bash is	running	supports job  control,
       bash contains facilities	to use it.  Typing the suspend character (typ-
       ically ^Z, Control-Z) while a process is	running	causes that process to
       be  stopped  and	 returns  control to bash.  Typing the delayed suspend
       character (typically ^Y,	Control-Y) causes the process  to  be  stopped
       when it attempts	to read	input from the terminal, and control to	be re-
       turned  to  bash.   The user may	then manipulate	the state of this job,
       using the bg command to continue	it in the background, the  fg  command
       to continue it in the foreground, or the	kill command to	kill it.  A ^Z
       takes effect immediately, and has the additional	side effect of causing
       pending output and typeahead to be discarded.

       There are a number of ways to refer to a	job in the shell.  The charac-
       ter  %  introduces  a job specification (jobspec).  Job number n	may be
       referred	to as %n.  A job may also be referred to using a prefix	of the
       name used to start it, or using a substring that	appears	in its command
       line.  For example, %ce refers to a stopped job whose command name  be-
       gins  with  ce.	If a prefix matches more than one job, bash reports an
       error.  Using %?ce, on the other	hand, refers to	any job	containing the
       string ce in its	command	line.  If the substring	matches	more than  one
       job, bash reports an error.  The	symbols	%% and %+ refer	to the shell's
       notion  of  the current job, which is the last job stopped while	it was
       in the foreground or started in the background.	The previous  job  may
       be  referenced  using %-.  If there is only a single job, %+ and	%- can
       both be used to refer to	that job.  In output pertaining	to jobs	(e.g.,
       the output of the jobs command),	the current job	is always flagged with
       a +, and	the previous job with a	-.  A single % (with  no  accompanying
       job specification) also refers to the current job.

       Simply  naming a	job can	be used	to bring it into the foreground: %1 is
       a synonym for ``fg %1'',	bringing job 1 from the	 background  into  the
       foreground.   Similarly,	 ``%1  &''  resumes  job  1 in the background,
       equivalent to ``bg %1''.

       The shell learns	immediately whenever a job changes  state.   Normally,
       bash waits until	it is about to print a prompt before reporting changes
       in  a  job's status so as to not	interrupt any other output.  If	the -b
       option to the set builtin command is enabled, bash reports such changes
       immediately.  Any trap on SIGCHLD is executed for each child  that  ex-
       its.

       If  an  attempt to exit bash is made while jobs are stopped (or,	if the
       checkjobs shell option has been enabled using the shopt	builtin,  run-
       ning), the shell	prints a warning message, and, if the checkjobs	option
       is  enabled,  lists  the	jobs and their statuses.  The jobs command may
       then be used to inspect their status.  If a second attempt to  exit  is
       made  without  an intervening command, the shell	does not print another
       warning,	and any	stopped	jobs are terminated.

       When the	shell is waiting for a job or process using the	wait  builtin,
       and  job	 control  is  enabled,	wait  will return when the job changes
       state. The -f option causes wait	to wait	until the job or process  ter-
       minates before returning.

PROMPTING
       When executing interactively, bash displays the primary prompt PS1 when
       it  is  ready  to  read a command, and the secondary prompt PS2 when it
       needs more input	to complete a command.	Bash  displays	PS0  after  it
       reads  a	 command  but  before  executing it.  Bash displays PS4	as de-
       scribed above before tracing each command when the  -x  option  is  en-
       abled.	Bash allows these prompt strings to be customized by inserting
       a number	of backslash-escaped special characters	that  are  decoded  as
       follows:
	      \a     an	ASCII bell character (07)
	      \d     the  date	in "Weekday Month Date"	format (e.g., "Tue May
		     26")
	      \D{format}
		     the format	is passed to strftime(3) and the result	is in-
		     serted into the prompt string; an empty format results in
		     a locale-specific time representation.   The  braces  are
		     required
	      \e     an	ASCII escape character (033)
	      \h     the hostname up to	the first `.'
	      \H     the hostname
	      \j     the number	of jobs	currently managed by the shell
	      \l     the basename of the shell's terminal device name
	      \n     newline
	      \r     carriage return
	      \s     the  name	of  the	shell, the basename of $0 (the portion
		     following the final slash)
	      \t     the current time in 24-hour HH:MM:SS format
	      \T     the current time in 12-hour HH:MM:SS format
	      \@     the current time in 12-hour am/pm format
	      \A     the current time in 24-hour HH:MM format
	      \u     the username of the current user
	      \v     the version of bash (e.g.,	2.00)
	      \V     the release of bash, version + patch level	(e.g., 2.00.0)
	      \w     the value of the PWD shell	variable  ($PWD),  with	 $HOME
		     abbreviated   with	  a  tilde  (uses  the	value  of  the
		     PROMPT_DIRTRIM variable)
	      \W     the basename of $PWD, with	$HOME abbreviated with a tilde
	      \!     the history number	of this	command
	      \#     the command number	of this	command
	      \$     if	the effective UID is 0,	a #, otherwise a $
	      \nnn   the character corresponding to the	octal number nnn
	      \\     a backslash
	      \[     begin a sequence of non-printing characters, which	 could
		     be	 used  to  embed  a terminal control sequence into the
		     prompt
	      \]     end a sequence of non-printing characters

       The command number and the history number are  usually  different:  the
       history	number of a command is its position in the history list, which
       may include commands restored from the history file  (see  HISTORY  be-
       low),  while the	command	number is the position in the sequence of com-
       mands executed during the current shell session.	 After the  string  is
       decoded,	 it is expanded	via parameter expansion, command substitution,
       arithmetic expansion, and quote removal,	subject	to the	value  of  the
       promptvars shell	option (see the	description of the shopt command under
       SHELL  BUILTIN COMMANDS below).	This can have unwanted side effects if
       escaped portions	of the string appear within  command  substitution  or
       contain characters special to word expansion.

READLINE
       This  is	 the library that handles reading input	when using an interac-
       tive shell, unless the --noediting option is given at shell invocation.
       Line editing is also used when using the	-e option to the read builtin.
       By default, the line editing commands are similar to those of Emacs.  A
       vi-style	line editing interface is also available.  Line	editing	can be
       enabled at any time using the -o	emacs or -o  vi	 options  to  the  set
       builtin	(see  SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS below).  To turn off line editing
       after the shell is running, use the +o emacs or +o vi  options  to  the
       set builtin.

   Readline Notation
       In this section,	the Emacs-style	notation is used to denote keystrokes.
       Control	keys  are  denoted by C-key, e.g., C-n means Control-N.	 Simi-
       larly, meta keys	are denoted by M-key, so M-x means Meta-X.   (On  key-
       boards  without a meta key, M-x means ESC x, i.e., press	the Escape key
       then the	x key.	This makes ESC the meta	prefix.	 The combination M-C-x
       means ESC-Control-x, or press the Escape	key then hold the Control  key
       while pressing the x key.)

       Readline	commands may be	given numeric arguments, which normally	act as
       a  repeat  count.   Sometimes,  however,	it is the sign of the argument
       that is significant.  Passing a negative	argument  to  a	 command  that
       acts  in	the forward direction (e.g., kill-line)	causes that command to
       act in a	backward direction.  Commands whose  behavior  with  arguments
       deviates	from this are noted below.

       When  a command is described as killing text, the text deleted is saved
       for possible future retrieval (yanking).	 The killed text is saved in a
       kill ring.  Consecutive kills cause the text to be accumulated into one
       unit, which can be yanked all at	once.  Commands	which do not kill text
       separate	the chunks of text on the kill ring.

   Readline Initialization
       Readline	is customized by putting commands in  an  initialization  file
       (the  inputrc  file).  The name of this file is taken from the value of
       the INPUTRC variable.  If that variable is unset, the default is	~/.in-
       putrc.  If that file  does not exist or cannot be  read,	 the  ultimate
       default is /usr/local/etc/inputrc.  When	a program which	uses the read-
       line  library  starts  up, the initialization file is read, and the key
       bindings	and variables are set.	There are only a few basic  constructs
       allowed	in the readline	initialization file.  Blank lines are ignored.
       Lines beginning with a #	are comments.  Lines beginning with a $	 indi-
       cate conditional	constructs.  Other lines denote	key bindings and vari-
       able settings.

       The  default  key-bindings  may be changed with an inputrc file.	 Other
       programs	that use this library may add their own	commands and bindings.

       For example, placing

	      M-Control-u: universal-argument
       or
	      C-Meta-u:	universal-argument
       into the	inputrc	would make M-C-u execute the readline command  univer-
       sal-argument.

       The  following  symbolic	 character  names are recognized: RUBOUT, DEL,
       ESC, LFD, NEWLINE, RET, RETURN, SPC, SPACE, and TAB.

       In addition to command names, readline allows keys to  be  bound	 to  a
       string that is inserted when the	key is pressed (a macro).

   Readline Key	Bindings
       The  syntax for controlling key bindings	in the inputrc file is simple.
       All that	is required is the name	of the command or the text of a	 macro
       and a key sequence to which it should be	bound.	The name may be	speci-
       fied in one of two ways:	as a symbolic key name,	possibly with Meta- or
       Control-	prefixes, or as	a key sequence.

       When using the form keyname:function-name or macro, keyname is the name
       of a key	spelled	out in English.	 For example:

	      Control-u: universal-argument
	      Meta-Rubout: backward-kill-word
	      Control-o: "> output"

       In  the above example, C-u is bound to the function universal-argument,
       M-DEL is	bound to the function backward-kill-word, and C-o is bound  to
       run  the	macro expressed	on the right hand side (that is, to insert the
       text ``>	output'' into the line).

       In the second form, "keyseq":function-name  or  macro,  keyseq  differs
       from  keyname above in that strings denoting an entire key sequence may
       be specified by placing the sequence within double  quotes.   Some  GNU
       Emacs  style  key escapes can be	used, as in the	following example, but
       the symbolic character names are	not recognized.

	      "\C-u": universal-argument
	      "\C-x\C-r": re-read-init-file
	      "\e[11~":	"Function Key 1"

       In this example,	C-u is again bound to the function universal-argument.
       C-x C-r is bound	to the function	re-read-init-file, and ESC [ 1 1 ~  is
       bound to	insert the text	``Function Key 1''.

       The full	set of GNU Emacs style escape sequences	is
	      \C-    control prefix
	      \M-    meta prefix
	      \e     an	escape character
	      \\     backslash
	      \"     literal "
	      \'     literal '

       In  addition  to	 the GNU Emacs style escape sequences, a second	set of
       backslash escapes is available:
	      \a     alert (bell)
	      \b     backspace
	      \d     delete
	      \f     form feed
	      \n     newline
	      \r     carriage return
	      \t     horizontal	tab
	      \v     vertical tab
	      \nnn   the eight-bit character whose value is  the  octal	 value
		     nnn (one to three digits)
	      \xHH   the  eight-bit  character	whose value is the hexadecimal
		     value HH (one or two hex digits)

       When entering the text of a macro, single or double quotes must be used
       to indicate a macro definition.	Unquoted text is assumed to be a func-
       tion name.  In the macro	body, the backslash  escapes  described	 above
       are  expanded.	Backslash  will	quote any other	character in the macro
       text, including " and '.

       Bash allows the current readline	key bindings to	be displayed or	 modi-
       fied  with  the bind builtin command.  The editing mode may be switched
       during interactive use by using the -o option to	the set	 builtin  com-
       mand (see SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS	below).

   Readline Variables
       Readline	has variables that can be used to further customize its	behav-
       ior.  A variable	may be set in the inputrc file with a statement	of the
       form

	      set variable-name	value
       or using	the bind builtin command (see SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS below).

       Except  where  noted,  readline variables can take the values On	or Off
       (without	regard to case).  Unrecognized	variable  names	 are  ignored.
       When  a variable	value is read, empty or	null values, "on" (case-insen-
       sitive),	and "1"	are equivalent to On.  All other values	are equivalent
       to Off.	The variables and their	default	values are:

       active-region-start-color
	      A	string variable	that controls the text	color  and  background
	      when  displaying the text	in the active region (see the descrip-
	      tion of enable-active-region below).  This string	must not  take
	      up any physical character	positions on the display, so it	should
	      consist  only of terminal	escape sequences.  It is output	to the
	      terminal before displaying the text in the active	region.	  This
	      variable	is  reset  to  the default value whenever the terminal
	      type changes.  The default value is the  string  that  puts  the
	      terminal	in standout mode, as obtained from the terminal's ter-
	      minfo description.  A sample value might be "\e[01;33m".
       active-region-end-color
	      A	string	variable  that	"undoes"  the  effects	of  active-re-
	      gion-start-color	and restores "normal" terminal display appear-
	      ance after displaying text in the	active	region.	  This	string
	      must  not	 take  up any physical character positions on the dis-
	      play, so it should consist only of  terminal  escape  sequences.
	      It  is  output  to the terminal after displaying the text	in the
	      active region.  This variable is	reset  to  the	default	 value
	      whenever	the  terminal  type changes.  The default value	is the
	      string that restores the terminal	from  standout	mode,  as  ob-
	      tained from the terminal's terminfo description.	A sample value
	      might be "\e[0m".
       bell-style (audible)
	      Controls	what  happens when readline wants to ring the terminal
	      bell.  If	set to none, readline never rings the bell.  If	set to
	      visible, readline	uses a visible bell if one is  available.   If
	      set to audible, readline attempts	to ring	the terminal's bell.
       bind-tty-special-chars (On)
	      If  set  to On, readline attempts	to bind	the control characters
	      treated specially	by the kernel's	terminal driver	to their read-
	      line equivalents.
       blink-matching-paren (Off)
	      If set to	On, readline attempts to briefly move the cursor to an
	      opening parenthesis when a closing parenthesis is	inserted.
       colored-completion-prefix (Off)
	      If set to	On, when listing completions,  readline	 displays  the
	      common prefix of the set of possible completions using a differ-
	      ent  color.   The	 color definitions are taken from the value of
	      the LS_COLORS environment	variable.  If there is a color defini-
	      tion in $LS_COLORS for the custom	suffix	"readline-colored-com-
	      pletion-prefix",	readline uses this color for the common	prefix
	      instead of its default.
       colored-stats (Off)
	      If set to	On, readline displays possible completions using  dif-
	      ferent  colors  to  indicate their file type.  The color defini-
	      tions are	taken from the	value  of  the	LS_COLORS  environment
	      variable.
       comment-begin (``#'')
	      The  string  that	 is  inserted when the readline	insert-comment
	      command is executed.  This command is bound to M-# in emacs mode
	      and to # in vi command mode.
       completion-display-width	(-1)
	      The number of screen columns used	to  display  possible  matches
	      when  performing completion.  The	value is ignored if it is less
	      than 0 or	greater	than the terminal screen width.	 A value of  0
	      will  cause  matches  to be displayed one	per line.  The default
	      value is -1.
       completion-ignore-case (Off)
	      If set to	On, readline performs filename matching	and completion
	      in a case-insensitive fashion.
       completion-map-case (Off)
	      If set to	On, and	completion-ignore-case	is  enabled,  readline
	      treats  hyphens  (-) and underscores (_) as equivalent when per-
	      forming case-insensitive filename	matching and completion.
       completion-prefix-display-length	(0)
	      The length in characters of the common prefix of a list of  pos-
	      sible  completions that is displayed without modification.  When
	      set to a value greater than zero,	common	prefixes  longer  than
	      this  value are replaced with an ellipsis	when displaying	possi-
	      ble completions.
       completion-query-items (100)
	      This determines when the user is queried about viewing the  num-
	      ber  of  possible	 completions generated by the possible-comple-
	      tions command.  It may be	set to any integer value greater  than
	      or  equal	 to  zero.   If	 the number of possible	completions is
	      greater than or equal to the value of  this  variable,  readline
	      will  ask	whether	or not the user	wishes to view them; otherwise
	      they are simply listed on	the  terminal.	 A  zero  value	 means
	      readline should never ask; negative values are treated as	zero.
       convert-meta (On)
	      If  set  to On, readline will convert characters with the	eighth
	      bit set to an ASCII key sequence by stripping the	eighth bit and
	      prefixing	an escape character (in	effect,	using  escape  as  the
	      meta  prefix).   The  default is On, but readline	will set it to
	      Off if the locale	contains eight-bit characters.	This  variable
	      is  dependent on the LC_CTYPE locale category, and may change if
	      the locale is changed.
       disable-completion (Off)
	      If set to	On, readline will inhibit word completion.  Completion
	      characters will be inserted into the line	as if  they  had  been
	      mapped to	self-insert.
       echo-control-characters (On)
	      When  set	to On, on operating systems that indicate they support
	      it, readline echoes a character corresponding to a signal	gener-
	      ated from	the keyboard.
       editing-mode (emacs)
	      Controls whether readline	begins with a set of key bindings sim-
	      ilar to Emacs or vi.  editing-mode can be	set to either emacs or
	      vi.
       emacs-mode-string (@)
	      If the show-mode-in-prompt variable is enabled, this  string  is
	      displayed	immediately before the last line of the	primary	prompt
	      when emacs editing mode is active.  The value is expanded	like a
	      key  binding,  so	the standard set of meta- and control prefixes
	      and backslash escape sequences is	available.  Use	the \1 and  \2
	      escapes  to  begin and end sequences of non-printing characters,
	      which can	be used	to embed a terminal control sequence into  the
	      mode string.
       enable-active-region (On)
	      The  point  is the current cursor	position, and mark refers to a
	      saved cursor position.  The text between the point and  mark  is
	      referred	to  as	the  region.  When this	variable is set	to On,
	      readline allows certain commands to designate the	region as  ac-
	      tive.   When  the	region is active, readline highlights the text
	      in the region using the value of the  active-region-start-color,
	      which  defaults to the string that enables the terminal's	stand-
	      out mode.	 The active region shows the text inserted  by	brack-
	      eted-paste  and  any matching text found by incremental and non-
	      incremental history searches.
       enable-bracketed-paste (On)
	      When set to On, readline configures the terminal to insert  each
	      paste  into the editing buffer as	a single string	of characters,
	      instead of treating each character as if it had been  read  from
	      the keyboard.  This prevents readline from executing any editing
	      commands bound to	key sequences appearing	in the pasted text.
       enable-keypad (Off)
	      When set to On, readline will try	to enable the application key-
	      pad when it is called.  Some systems need	this to	enable the ar-
	      row keys.
       enable-meta-key (On)
	      When  set	 to  On, readline will try to enable any meta modifier
	      key the terminal claims to support when it is called.   On  many
	      terminals, the meta key is used to send eight-bit	characters.
       expand-tilde (Off)
	      If  set  to  On,	tilde expansion	is performed when readline at-
	      tempts word completion.
       history-preserve-point (Off)
	      If set to	On, the	history	code attempts to place	point  at  the
	      same  location on	each history line retrieved with previous-his-
	      tory or next-history.
       history-size (unset)
	      Set the maximum number of	history	entries	saved in  the  history
	      list.   If set to	zero, any existing history entries are deleted
	      and no new entries are saved.  If	set to a value less than zero,
	      the number of history entries is not limited.  By	 default,  the
	      number  of  history  entries is set to the value of the HISTSIZE
	      shell variable.  If an attempt is	made to	set history-size to  a
	      non-numeric value, the maximum number of history entries will be
	      set to 500.
       horizontal-scroll-mode (Off)
	      When  set	 to  On, makes readline	use a single line for display,
	      scrolling	the input horizontally on a single screen line when it
	      becomes longer than the screen width rather than wrapping	 to  a
	      new  line.   This	setting	is automatically enabled for terminals
	      of height	1.
       input-meta (Off)
	      If set to	On, readline will enable eight-bit input (that is,  it
	      will not strip the eighth	bit from the characters	it reads), re-
	      gardless	of  what the terminal claims it	can support.  The name
	      meta-flag	is a synonym for this variable.	 The default  is  Off,
	      but  readline will set it	to On if the locale contains eight-bit
	      characters.  This	variable is dependent on the  LC_CTYPE	locale
	      category,	and may	change if the locale is	changed.
       isearch-terminators (``C-[C-J'')
	      The  string  of  characters that should terminate	an incremental
	      search without subsequently executing the	character  as  a  com-
	      mand.   If this variable has not been given a value, the charac-
	      ters ESC and C-J will terminate an incremental search.
       keymap (emacs)
	      Set the current readline keymap.	The set	of valid keymap	 names
	      is  emacs,  emacs-standard,  emacs-meta, emacs-ctlx, vi, vi-com-
	      mand, and	vi-insert.  vi is equivalent to	vi-command;  emacs  is
	      equivalent  to  emacs-standard.  The default value is emacs; the
	      value of editing-mode also affects the default keymap.
       keyseq-timeout (500)
	      Specifies	the duration readline will wait	for a  character  when
	      reading  an ambiguous key	sequence (one that can form a complete
	      key sequence using the input read	so far,	or can take additional
	      input to complete	a longer key sequence).	 If no	input  is  re-
	      ceived  within  the  timeout,  readline will use the shorter but
	      complete key sequence.  The value	is specified in	 milliseconds,
	      so  a value of 1000 means	that readline will wait	one second for
	      additional input.	 If this variable is set to a value less  than
	      or  equal	to zero, or to a non-numeric value, readline will wait
	      until another key	is pressed to decide  which  key  sequence  to
	      complete.
       mark-directories	(On)
	      If set to	On, completed directory	names have a slash appended.
       mark-modified-lines (Off)
	      If  set  to  On,	history	lines that have	been modified are dis-
	      played with a preceding asterisk (*).
       mark-symlinked-directories (Off)
	      If set to	On, completed names which are symbolic links to	direc-
	      tories have a slash appended (subject to the value  of  mark-di-
	      rectories).
       match-hidden-files (On)
	      This  variable,  when  set to On,	causes readline	to match files
	      whose names begin	with a	`.'  (hidden  files)  when  performing
	      filename	completion.   If  set  to Off, the leading `.' must be
	      supplied by the user in the filename to be completed.
       menu-complete-display-prefix (Off)
	      If set to	On, menu completion displays the common	prefix of  the
	      list of possible completions (which may be empty)	before cycling
	      through the list.
       output-meta (Off)
	      If  set  to On, readline will display characters with the	eighth
	      bit set directly rather than as a	meta-prefixed escape sequence.
	      The default is Off, but readline will set	it to On if the	locale
	      contains eight-bit characters.  This variable  is	 dependent  on
	      the  LC_CTYPE  locale  category, and may change if the locale is
	      changed.
       page-completions	(On)
	      If set to	On, readline uses an internal more-like	pager to  dis-
	      play a screenful of possible completions at a time.
       print-completions-horizontally (Off)
	      If  set  to  On,	readline will display completions with matches
	      sorted horizontally in alphabetical order, rather	than down  the
	      screen.
       revert-all-at-newline (Off)
	      If  set  to  On, readline	will undo all changes to history lines
	      before returning when accept-line	is executed.  By default, his-
	      tory lines may be	modified  and  retain  individual  undo	 lists
	      across calls to readline.
       show-all-if-ambiguous (Off)
	      This  alters  the	 default behavior of the completion functions.
	      If set to	On, words which	have more than one possible completion
	      cause the	matches	to be listed immediately  instead  of  ringing
	      the bell.
       show-all-if-unmodified (Off)
	      This  alters the default behavior	of the completion functions in
	      a	fashion	similar	to show-all-if-ambiguous.  If set to On, words
	      which have more than one possible	completion without any	possi-
	      ble  partial  completion (the possible completions don't share a
	      common prefix) cause the matches to be  listed  immediately  in-
	      stead of ringing the bell.
       show-mode-in-prompt (Off)
	      If  set to On, add a string to the beginning of the prompt indi-
	      cating the editing mode: emacs, vi  command,  or	vi  insertion.
	      The mode strings are user-settable (e.g.,	emacs-mode-string).
       skip-completed-text (Off)
	      If  set  to On, this alters the default completion behavior when
	      inserting	a single match into the	line.  It's only  active  when
	      performing  completion  in  the  middle  of a word.  If enabled,
	      readline does not	insert characters  from	 the  completion  that
	      match  characters	 after	point  in the word being completed, so
	      portions of the word following the cursor	are not	duplicated.
       vi-cmd-mode-string ((cmd))
	      If the show-mode-in-prompt variable is enabled, this  string  is
	      displayed	immediately before the last line of the	primary	prompt
	      when  vi	editing	mode is	active and in command mode.  The value
	      is expanded like a key binding, so the standard set of meta- and
	      control prefixes and backslash escape  sequences	is  available.
	      Use  the	\1  and	 \2 escapes to begin and end sequences of non-
	      printing characters, which can be	used to	embed a	terminal  con-
	      trol sequence into the mode string.
       vi-ins-mode-string ((ins))
	      If  the  show-mode-in-prompt variable is enabled,	this string is
	      displayed	immediately before the last line of the	primary	prompt
	      when vi editing mode is active and in insertion mode.  The value
	      is expanded like a key binding, so the standard set of meta- and
	      control prefixes and backslash escape  sequences	is  available.
	      Use  the	\1  and	 \2 escapes to begin and end sequences of non-
	      printing characters, which can be	used to	embed a	terminal  con-
	      trol sequence into the mode string.
       visible-stats (Off)
	      If  set to On, a character denoting a file's type	as reported by
	      stat(2) is appended to the filename when listing	possible  com-
	      pletions.

   Readline Conditional	Constructs
       Readline	 implements  a	facility  similar in spirit to the conditional
       compilation features of the C preprocessor which	 allows	 key  bindings
       and  variable  settings	to be performed	as the result of tests.	 There
       are four	parser directives used.

       $if    The $if construct	allows bindings	to be made based on the	 edit-
	      ing  mode,  the  terminal	 being	used, or the application using
	      readline.	 The text of the test, after any comparison operator,
	       extends to the end of the  line;	 unless	 otherwise  noted,  no
	      characters are required to isolate it.

	      mode   The  mode=	 form  of  the	$if  directive is used to test
		     whether readline is in emacs or vi	 mode.	 This  may  be
		     used  in conjunction with the set keymap command, for in-
		     stance,  to  set  bindings	 in  the  emacs-standard   and
		     emacs-ctlx	 keymaps  only	if readline is starting	out in
		     emacs mode.

	      term   The term= form may	be used	to  include  terminal-specific
		     key bindings, perhaps to bind the key sequences output by
		     the terminal's function keys.  The	word on	the right side
		     of	the = is tested	against	both the full name of the ter-
		     minal  and	 the  portion  of the terminal name before the
		     first -.  This allows sun to match	both sun and  sun-cmd,
		     for instance.

	      version
		     The  version  test	 may  be  used	to perform comparisons
		     against specific readline versions.  The version  expands
		     to	 the  current readline version.	 The set of comparison
		     operators includes	=, (and	==), !=, <=,  >=,  <,  and  >.
		     The  version number supplied on the right side of the op-
		     erator consists of	a major	version	 number,  an  optional
		     decimal point, and	an optional minor version (e.g., 7.1).
		     If	 the  minor version is omitted,	it is assumed to be 0.
		     The operator may be separated from	the string version and
		     from the version number argument by whitespace.

	      application
		     The application construct is used to include application-
		     specific settings.	 Each program using the	 readline  li-
		     brary  sets  the  application name, and an	initialization
		     file can test for a particular value.  This could be used
		     to	bind key sequences to functions	useful for a  specific
		     program.	For instance, the following command adds a key
		     sequence that quotes the  current	or  previous  word  in
		     bash:

		     $if Bash
		     # Quote the current or previous word
		     "\C-xq": "\eb\"\ef\""
		     $endif

	      variable
		     The variable construct provides simple equality tests for
		     readline  variables and values.  The permitted comparison
		     operators are =, ==, and !=.  The variable	name  must  be
		     separated from the	comparison operator by whitespace; the
		     operator  may  be	separated  from	the value on the right
		     hand side by whitespace.  Both string and	boolean	 vari-
		     ables  may	 be  tested.  Boolean variables	must be	tested
		     against the values	on and off.

       $endif This command, as seen in the previous example, terminates	an $if
	      command.

       $else  Commands in this branch of the $if directive are executed	if the
	      test fails.

       $include
	      This directive takes a single filename as	an argument and	 reads
	      commands	and bindings from that file.  For example, the follow-
	      ing directive would read /usr/local/etc/inputrc:

	      $include	/usr/local/etc/inputrc

   Searching
       Readline	provides commands for searching	through	 the  command  history
       (see HISTORY below) for lines containing	a specified string.  There are
       two search modes: incremental and non-incremental.

       Incremental  searches  begin  before  the  user has finished typing the
       search string.  As each character of the	search string is typed,	 read-
       line displays the next entry from the history matching the string typed
       so  far.	  An  incremental  search  requires only as many characters as
       needed to find the desired history entry.  The  characters  present  in
       the  value of the isearch-terminators variable are used to terminate an
       incremental search.  If that variable has not been assigned a value the
       Escape and Control-J characters will terminate an  incremental  search.
       Control-G  will	abort  an  incremental search and restore the original
       line.  When the search is terminated, the history entry containing  the
       search string becomes the current line.

       To  find	 other matching	entries	in the history list, type Control-S or
       Control-R as appropriate.  This will search backward or forward in  the
       history	for  the  next	entry matching the search string typed so far.
       Any other key sequence bound to a readline command will	terminate  the
       search  and  execute that command.  For instance, a newline will	termi-
       nate the	search and accept the line, thereby executing the command from
       the history list.

       Readline	remembers the last incremental search string.  If two Control-
       Rs are typed without any	intervening characters defining	a  new	search
       string, any remembered search string is used.

       Non-incremental	searches read the entire search	string before starting
       to search for matching history lines.  The search string	may  be	 typed
       by the user or be part of the contents of the current line.

   Readline Command Names
       The  following  is  a list of the names of the commands and the default
       key sequences to	which they are bound.  Command names without an	accom-
       panying key sequence are	unbound	by default.  In	the following descrip-
       tions, point refers to the current cursor position, and mark refers  to
       a  cursor position saved	by the set-mark	command.  The text between the
       point and mark is referred to as	the region.

   Commands for	Moving
       beginning-of-line (C-a)
	      Move to the start	of the current line.
       end-of-line (C-e)
	      Move to the end of the line.
       forward-char (C-f)
	      Move forward a character.
       backward-char (C-b)
	      Move back	a character.
       forward-word (M-f)
	      Move forward to the end of the next word.	 Words are composed of
	      alphanumeric characters (letters and digits).
       backward-word (M-b)
	      Move back	to the start of	the current or previous	 word.	 Words
	      are composed of alphanumeric characters (letters and digits).
       shell-forward-word
	      Move  forward  to	the end	of the next word.  Words are delimited
	      by non-quoted shell metacharacters.
       shell-backward-word
	      Move back	to the start of	the current or previous	 word.	 Words
	      are delimited by non-quoted shell	metacharacters.
       previous-screen-line
	      Attempt  to move point to	the same physical screen column	on the
	      previous physical	screen line. This will not  have  the  desired
	      effect  if  the current readline line does not take up more than
	      one physical line	or if point is not greater than	the length  of
	      the prompt plus the screen width.
       next-screen-line
	      Attempt  to move point to	the same physical screen column	on the
	      next physical screen line. This will not have the	desired	effect
	      if the current readline line does	not  take  up  more  than  one
	      physical	line  or if the	length of the current readline line is
	      not greater than the length of the prompt	plus the screen	width.
       clear-display (M-C-l)
	      Clear the	screen and, if	possible,  the	terminal's  scrollback
	      buffer,  then  redraw the	current	line, leaving the current line
	      at the top of the	screen.
       clear-screen (C-l)
	      Clear the	screen,	then redraw the	current	line, leaving the cur-
	      rent line	at the top of the screen.  With	an  argument,  refresh
	      the current line without clearing	the screen.
       redraw-current-line
	      Refresh the current line.

   Commands for	Manipulating the History
       accept-line (Newline, Return)
	      Accept the line regardless of where the cursor is.  If this line
	      is  non-empty, add it to the history list	according to the state
	      of the HISTCONTROL variable.  If the line	is a modified  history
	      line, then restore the history line to its original state.
       previous-history	(C-p)
	      Fetch the	previous command from the history list,	moving back in
	      the list.
       next-history (C-n)
	      Fetch  the next command from the history list, moving forward in
	      the list.
       beginning-of-history (M-<)
	      Move to the first	line in	the history.
       end-of-history (M->)
	      Move to the end of the input history, i.e., the  line  currently
	      being entered.
       operate-and-get-next (C-o)
	      Accept  the  current  line for execution and fetch the next line
	      relative to the current line from	the history  for  editing.   A
	      numeric  argument,  if  supplied,	specifies the history entry to
	      use instead of the current line.
       fetch-history
	      With a numeric argument, fetch that entry	from the history  list
	      and make it the current line.  Without an	argument, move back to
	      the first	entry in the history list.
       reverse-search-history (C-r)
	      Search  backward	starting  at  the current line and moving `up'
	      through the  history  as	necessary.   This  is  an  incremental
	      search.
       forward-search-history (C-s)
	      Search  forward  starting	 at the	current	line and moving	`down'
	      through the  history  as	necessary.   This  is  an  incremental
	      search.
       non-incremental-reverse-search-history (M-p)
	      Search backward through the history starting at the current line
	      using  a	non-incremental	 search	 for  a	string supplied	by the
	      user.
       non-incremental-forward-search-history (M-n)
	      Search forward  through  the  history  using  a  non-incremental
	      search for a string supplied by the user.
       history-search-forward
	      Search  forward through the history for the string of characters
	      between the start	of the current line and	the point.  This is  a
	      non-incremental search.
       history-search-backward
	      Search backward through the history for the string of characters
	      between  the start of the	current	line and the point.  This is a
	      non-incremental search.
       history-substring-search-backward
	      Search backward through the history for the string of characters
	      between the start	of the current line and	the current cursor po-
	      sition (the point).  The search string may match anywhere	 in  a
	      history line.  This is a non-incremental search.
       history-substring-search-forward
	      Search  forward through the history for the string of characters
	      between the start	of the current line and	the point.  The	search
	      string may match anywhere	in a history line.  This is a  non-in-
	      cremental	search.
       yank-nth-arg (M-C-y)
	      Insert  the  first argument to the previous command (usually the
	      second word on the previous line)	at point.  With	an argument n,
	      insert the nth word from the previous command (the words in  the
	      previous	command	 begin	with word 0).  A negative argument in-
	      serts the	nth word from the end of the previous  command.	  Once
	      the  argument n is computed, the argument	is extracted as	if the
	      "!n" history expansion had been specified.
       yank-last-arg (M-., M-_)
	      Insert the last argument to the previous command (the last  word
	      of the previous history entry).  With a numeric argument,	behave
	      exactly  like  yank-nth-arg.   Successive	calls to yank-last-arg
	      move back	through	the history list, inserting the	last word  (or
	      the  word	 specified  by the argument to the first call) of each
	      line in turn.  Any numeric argument supplied to these successive
	      calls determines the direction to	move through the  history.   A
	      negative	argument  switches  the	 direction through the history
	      (back or forward).  The history expansion	facilities are used to
	      extract the last word, as	if the "!$" history expansion had been
	      specified.
       shell-expand-line (M-C-e)
	      Expand the line as the shell does.  This performs	alias and his-
	      tory expansion as	well as	all of the shell word expansions.  See
	      HISTORY EXPANSION	below for a description	of history expansion.
       history-expand-line (M-^)
	      Perform history expansion	on the current line.  See HISTORY  EX-
	      PANSION below for	a description of history expansion.
       magic-space
	      Perform  history	expansion  on  the  current  line and insert a
	      space.  See HISTORY EXPANSION below for a	description of history
	      expansion.
       alias-expand-line
	      Perform alias expansion on the current line.  See	ALIASES	 above
	      for a description	of alias expansion.
       history-and-alias-expand-line
	      Perform history and alias	expansion on the current line.
       insert-last-argument (M-., M-_)
	      A	synonym	for yank-last-arg.
       edit-and-execute-command	(C-x C-e)
	      Invoke  an  editor  on the current command line, and execute the
	      result as	shell commands.	 Bash attempts to invoke $VISUAL, $ED-
	      ITOR, and	emacs as the editor, in	that order.

   Commands for	Changing Text
       end-of-file (usually C-d)
	      The character indicating end-of-file as  set,  for  example,  by
	      ``stty''.	  If  this character is	read when there	are no charac-
	      ters on the line,	and point is at	the  beginning	of  the	 line,
	      readline interprets it as	the end	of input and returns EOF.
       delete-char (C-d)
	      Delete the character at point.  If this function is bound	to the
	      same character as	the tty	EOF character, as C-d commonly is, see
	      above for	the effects.
       backward-delete-char (Rubout)
	      Delete  the  character  behind the cursor.  When given a numeric
	      argument,	save the deleted text on the kill ring.
       forward-backward-delete-char
	      Delete the character under the cursor, unless the	cursor	is  at
	      the end of the line, in which case the character behind the cur-
	      sor is deleted.
       quoted-insert (C-q, C-v)
	      Add  the next character typed to the line	verbatim.  This	is how
	      to insert	characters like	C-q, for example.
       tab-insert (C-v TAB)
	      Insert a tab character.
       self-insert (a, b, A, 1,	!, ...)
	      Insert the character typed.
       transpose-chars (C-t)
	      Drag the character before	point forward over  the	 character  at
	      point,  moving point forward as well.  If	point is at the	end of
	      the line,	then this transposes the two characters	before	point.
	      Negative arguments have no effect.
       transpose-words (M-t)
	      Drag  the	 word  before  point past the word after point,	moving
	      point over that word as well.  If	point is at  the  end  of  the
	      line, this transposes the	last two words on the line.
       upcase-word (M-u)
	      Uppercase	 the current (or following) word.  With	a negative ar-
	      gument, uppercase	the previous word, but do not move point.
       downcase-word (M-l)
	      Lowercase	the current (or	following) word.  With a negative  ar-
	      gument, lowercase	the previous word, but do not move point.
       capitalize-word (M-c)
	      Capitalize the current (or following) word.  With	a negative ar-
	      gument, capitalize the previous word, but	do not move point.
       overwrite-mode
	      Toggle  overwrite	mode.  With an explicit	positive numeric argu-
	      ment, switches to	overwrite mode.	 With an explicit non-positive
	      numeric argument,	switches to insert mode.  This command affects
	      only emacs mode; vi mode does overwrite differently.  Each  call
	      to readline() starts in insert mode.  In overwrite mode, charac-
	      ters  bound to self-insert replace the text at point rather than
	      pushing the text	to  the	 right.	  Characters  bound  to	 back-
	      ward-delete-char	replace	 the  character	 before	 point	with a
	      space.  By default, this command is unbound.

   Killing and Yanking
       kill-line (C-k)
	      Kill the text from point to the end of the line.
       backward-kill-line (C-x Rubout)
	      Kill backward to the beginning of	the line.
       unix-line-discard (C-u)
	      Kill backward from point to the  beginning  of  the  line.   The
	      killed text is saved on the kill-ring.
       kill-whole-line
	      Kill  all	 characters on the current line, no matter where point
	      is.
       kill-word (M-d)
	      Kill from	point to the end of the	current	word,  or  if  between
	      words,  to  the  end  of the next	word.  Word boundaries are the
	      same as those used by forward-word.
       backward-kill-word (M-Rubout)
	      Kill the word behind point.  Word	boundaries  are	 the  same  as
	      those used by backward-word.
       shell-kill-word
	      Kill  from  point	 to the	end of the current word, or if between
	      words, to	the end	of the next word.   Word  boundaries  are  the
	      same as those used by shell-forward-word.
       shell-backward-kill-word
	      Kill  the	 word  behind  point.  Word boundaries are the same as
	      those used by shell-backward-word.
       unix-word-rubout	(C-w)
	      Kill the word behind point, using	white space as a  word	bound-
	      ary.  The	killed text is saved on	the kill-ring.
       unix-filename-rubout
	      Kill  the	 word  behind  point,  using white space and the slash
	      character	as the word boundaries.	 The killed text is  saved  on
	      the kill-ring.
       delete-horizontal-space (M-\)
	      Delete all spaces	and tabs around	point.
       kill-region
	      Kill the text in the current region.
       copy-region-as-kill
	      Copy the text in the region to the kill buffer.
       copy-backward-word
	      Copy  the	word before point to the kill buffer.  The word	bound-
	      aries are	the same as backward-word.
       copy-forward-word
	      Copy the word following point to	the  kill  buffer.   The  word
	      boundaries are the same as forward-word.
       yank (C-y)
	      Yank the top of the kill ring into the buffer at point.
       yank-pop	(M-y)
	      Rotate  the kill ring, and yank the new top.  Only works follow-
	      ing yank or yank-pop.

   Numeric Arguments
       digit-argument (M-0, M-1, ..., M--)
	      Add this digit to	the argument already accumulating, or start  a
	      new argument.  M-- starts	a negative argument.
       universal-argument
	      This  is another way to specify an argument.  If this command is
	      followed by one or more digits, optionally with a	leading	 minus
	      sign,  those digits define the argument.	If the command is fol-
	      lowed by digits, executing universal-argument again ends the nu-
	      meric argument, but is otherwise ignored.	 As a special case, if
	      this command is immediately followed by a	character that is nei-
	      ther a digit nor minus sign, the argument	 count	for  the  next
	      command  is multiplied by	four.  The argument count is initially
	      one, so executing	this function the first	time makes  the	 argu-
	      ment count four, a second	time makes the argument	count sixteen,
	      and so on.

   Completing
       complete	(TAB)
	      Attempt  to  perform  completion on the text before point.  Bash
	      attempts completion treating the text as a variable (if the text
	      begins with $), username (if the text begins with	 ~),  hostname
	      (if  the	text begins with @), or	command	(including aliases and
	      functions) in turn.  If none of these produces a match, filename
	      completion is attempted.
       possible-completions (M-?)
	      List the possible	completions of the text	before point.
       insert-completions (M-*)
	      Insert all completions of	the text before	point that would  have
	      been generated by	possible-completions.
       menu-complete
	      Similar  to complete, but	replaces the word to be	completed with
	      a	single match from the list of possible completions.   Repeated
	      execution	 of  menu-complete  steps through the list of possible
	      completions, inserting each match	in turn.  At the  end  of  the
	      list of completions, the bell is rung (subject to	the setting of
	      bell-style) and the original text	is restored.  An argument of n
	      moves n positions	forward	in the list of matches;	a negative ar-
	      gument may be used to move backward through the list.  This com-
	      mand is intended to be bound to TAB, but is unbound by default.
       menu-complete-backward
	      Identical	 to menu-complete, but moves backward through the list
	      of possible completions, as if menu-complete had	been  given  a
	      negative argument.  This command is unbound by default.
       delete-char-or-list
	      Deletes  the  character under the	cursor if not at the beginning
	      or end of	the line (like delete-char).  If at  the  end  of  the
	      line, behaves identically	to possible-completions.  This command
	      is unbound by default.
       complete-filename (M-/)
	      Attempt filename completion on the text before point.
       possible-filename-completions (C-x /)
	      List the possible	completions of the text	before point, treating
	      it as a filename.
       complete-username (M-~)
	      Attempt  completion  on  the text	before point, treating it as a
	      username.
       possible-username-completions (C-x ~)
	      List the possible	completions of the text	before point, treating
	      it as a username.
       complete-variable (M-$)
	      Attempt completion on the	text before point, treating  it	 as  a
	      shell variable.
       possible-variable-completions (C-x $)
	      List the possible	completions of the text	before point, treating
	      it as a shell variable.
       complete-hostname (M-@)
	      Attempt  completion  on  the text	before point, treating it as a
	      hostname.
       possible-hostname-completions (C-x @)
	      List the possible	completions of the text	before point, treating
	      it as a hostname.
       complete-command	(M-!)
	      Attempt completion on the	text before point, treating  it	 as  a
	      command  name.   Command	completion  attempts to	match the text
	      against  aliases,	 reserved  words,   shell   functions,	 shell
	      builtins,	and finally executable filenames, in that order.
       possible-command-completions (C-x !)
	      List the possible	completions of the text	before point, treating
	      it as a command name.
       dynamic-complete-history	(M-TAB)
	      Attempt  completion on the text before point, comparing the text
	      against lines from the  history  list  for  possible  completion
	      matches.
       dabbrev-expand
	      Attempt  menu completion on the text before point, comparing the
	      text against lines from the history list for possible completion
	      matches.
       complete-into-braces (M-{)
	      Perform filename completion and insert the list of possible com-
	      pletions enclosed	within braces so the list is available to  the
	      shell (see Brace Expansion above).

   Keyboard Macros
       start-kbd-macro (C-x ()
	      Begin  saving  the  characters  typed  into the current keyboard
	      macro.
       end-kbd-macro (C-x ))
	      Stop saving the characters typed into the	current	keyboard macro
	      and store	the definition.
       call-last-kbd-macro (C-x	e)
	      Re-execute the last keyboard macro defined, by making the	 char-
	      acters in	the macro appear as if typed at	the keyboard.
       print-last-kbd-macro ()
	      Print  the  last keyboard	macro defined in a format suitable for
	      the inputrc file.

   Miscellaneous
       re-read-init-file (C-x C-r)
	      Read in the contents of the inputrc file,	 and  incorporate  any
	      bindings or variable assignments found there.
       abort (C-g)
	      Abort  the  current editing command and ring the terminal's bell
	      (subject to the setting of bell-style).
       do-lowercase-version (M-A, M-B, M-x, ...)
	      If the metafied character	x is uppercase,	run the	 command  that
	      is bound to the corresponding metafied lowercase character.  The
	      behavior is undefined if x is already lowercase.
       prefix-meta (ESC)
	      Metafy the next character	typed.	ESC f is equivalent to Meta-f.
       undo (C-_, C-x C-u)
	      Incremental undo,	separately remembered for each line.
       revert-line (M-r)
	      Undo  all	changes	made to	this line.  This is like executing the
	      undo command enough times	to return  the	line  to  its  initial
	      state.
       tilde-expand (M-&)
	      Perform tilde expansion on the current word.
       set-mark	(C-@, M-<space>)
	      Set  the	mark to	the point.  If a numeric argument is supplied,
	      the mark is set to that position.
       exchange-point-and-mark (C-x C-x)
	      Swap the point with the mark.  The current  cursor  position  is
	      set  to the saved	position, and the old cursor position is saved
	      as the mark.
       character-search	(C-])
	      A	character is read and point is moved to	the next occurrence of
	      that character.  A negative argument searches for	 previous  oc-
	      currences.
       character-search-backward (M-C-])
	      A	 character  is	read and point is moved	to the previous	occur-
	      rence of that character.	A negative argument searches for  sub-
	      sequent occurrences.
       skip-csi-sequence
	      Read  enough  characters to consume a multi-key sequence such as
	      those defined for	keys like Home and End.	 Such sequences	 begin
	      with a Control Sequence Indicator	(CSI), usually ESC-[.  If this
	      sequence	is  bound  to "\[", keys producing such	sequences will
	      have no effect unless explicitly bound to	 a  readline  command,
	      instead  of  inserting stray characters into the editing buffer.
	      This is unbound by default, but usually bound to ESC-[.
       insert-comment (M-#)
	      Without a	numeric	argument,  the	value  of  the	readline  com-
	      ment-begin  variable is inserted at the beginning	of the current
	      line.  If	a numeric argument is supplied,	this command acts as a
	      toggle: if the characters	at the beginning of the	 line  do  not
	      match  the value of comment-begin, the value is inserted,	other-
	      wise the characters in comment-begin are deleted from the	begin-
	      ning of the line.	 In either case, the line is accepted as if  a
	      newline  had  been  typed.   The	default	value of comment-begin
	      causes this command to make the current line  a  shell  comment.
	      If  a  numeric  argument	causes the comment character to	be re-
	      moved, the line will be executed by the shell.
       spell-correct-word (C-x s)
	      Perform spelling correction on the current word, treating	it  as
	      a	 directory  or	filename, in the same way as the cdspell shell
	      option.	Word  boundaries  are  the  same  as  those  used   by
	      shell-forward-word.
       glob-complete-word (M-g)
	      The  word	 before	point is treated as a pattern for pathname ex-
	      pansion, with an asterisk	implicitly appended.  This pattern  is
	      used  to generate	a list of matching filenames for possible com-
	      pletions.
       glob-expand-word	(C-x *)
	      The word before point is treated as a pattern for	 pathname  ex-
	      pansion, and the list of matching	filenames is inserted, replac-
	      ing the word.  If	a numeric argument is supplied,	an asterisk is
	      appended before pathname expansion.
       glob-list-expansions (C-x g)
	      The  list	 of  expansions	 that  would  have  been  generated by
	      glob-expand-word is displayed, and the line is  redrawn.	 If  a
	      numeric  argument	 is  supplied,	an asterisk is appended	before
	      pathname expansion.
       dump-functions
	      Print all	of the functions and their key bindings	to  the	 read-
	      line output stream.  If a	numeric	argument is supplied, the out-
	      put  is  formatted  in such a way	that it	can be made part of an
	      inputrc file.
       dump-variables
	      Print all	of the settable	readline variables and their values to
	      the readline output stream.  If a	numeric	argument is  supplied,
	      the  output  is formatted	in such	a way that it can be made part
	      of an inputrc file.
       dump-macros
	      Print all	of the readline	key sequences bound to macros and  the
	      strings  they  output.   If  a numeric argument is supplied, the
	      output is	formatted in such a way	that it	can be made part of an
	      inputrc file.
       display-shell-version (C-x C-v)
	      Display version information about	the current instance of	bash.

   Programmable	Completion
       When word completion is attempted for an	 argument  to  a  command  for
       which  a	 completion  specification (a compspec)	has been defined using
       the complete builtin (see SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS	below),	the programma-
       ble completion facilities are invoked.

       First, the command name is identified.  If  the	command	 word  is  the
       empty  string (completion attempted at the beginning of an empty	line),
       any compspec defined with the -E	option to  complete  is	 used.	 If  a
       compspec	 has  been  defined  for that command, the compspec is used to
       generate	the list of possible completions for the word.	If the command
       word is a full pathname,	a compspec for the full	pathname  is  searched
       for  first.   If	no compspec is found for the full pathname, an attempt
       is made to find a compspec for the portion following the	 final	slash.
       If  those  searches  do	not result in a	compspec, any compspec defined
       with the	-D option to complete is used as the default.  If there	is  no
       default	compspec, bash attempts	alias expansion	on the command word as
       a final resort, and attempts to find a compspec for  the	 command  word
       from any	successful expansion.

       Once  a	compspec  has  been  found, it is used to generate the list of
       matching	words.	If a compspec is not found, the	default	 bash  comple-
       tion as described above under Completing	is performed.

       First,  the  actions  specified by the compspec are used.  Only matches
       which are prefixed by the word being completed are returned.  When  the
       -f  or -d option	is used	for filename or	directory name completion, the
       shell variable FIGNORE is used to filter	the matches.

       Any completions specified by a pathname expansion pattern to the	-G op-
       tion are	generated next.	 The words generated by	the pattern  need  not
       match  the  word	being completed.  The GLOBIGNORE shell variable	is not
       used to filter the matches, but the FIGNORE variable is used.

       Next, the string	specified as the argument to the -W option is  consid-
       ered.   The  string is first split using	the characters in the IFS spe-
       cial variable as	delimiters.  Shell quoting is honored.	Each  word  is
       then  expanded  using  brace  expansion,	tilde expansion, parameter and
       variable	expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic	expansion,  as
       described above under EXPANSION.	 The results are split using the rules
       described above under Word Splitting.  The results of the expansion are
       prefix-matched against the word being completed,	and the	matching words
       become the possible completions.

       After  these matches have been generated, any shell function or command
       specified with the -F and -C options is invoked.	 When the  command  or
       function	is invoked, the	COMP_LINE, COMP_POINT, COMP_KEY, and COMP_TYPE
       variables are assigned values as	described above	under Shell Variables.
       If  a  shell  function  is being	invoked, the COMP_WORDS	and COMP_CWORD
       variables are also set.	When the function or command is	 invoked,  the
       first  argument ($1) is the name	of the command whose arguments are be-
       ing completed, the second argument ($2) is the  word  being  completed,
       and  the	 third argument	($3) is	the word preceding the word being com-
       pleted on the current command line.  No filtering of the	generated com-
       pletions	against	the word being completed is performed; the function or
       command has complete freedom in generating the matches.

       Any function specified with -F is invoked first.	 The function may  use
       any  of	the  shell facilities, including the compgen builtin described
       below, to generate the matches.	It must	put the	 possible  completions
       in the COMPREPLY	array variable,	one per	array element.

       Next,  any  command specified with the -C option	is invoked in an envi-
       ronment equivalent to command substitution.  It should print a list  of
       completions,  one  per  line, to	the standard output.  Backslash	may be
       used to escape a	newline, if necessary.

       After all of the	possible completions are generated, any	filter	speci-
       fied  with  the -X option is applied to the list.  The filter is	a pat-
       tern as used for	pathname expansion; a &	in  the	 pattern  is  replaced
       with  the text of the word being	completed.  A literal &	may be escaped
       with a backslash; the backslash is removed before attempting  a	match.
       Any  completion that matches the	pattern	will be	removed	from the list.
       A leading ! negates the pattern;	in this	case any completion not	match-
       ing the pattern will be removed.	 If the	nocasematch  shell  option  is
       enabled,	 the  match  is	performed without regard to the	case of	alpha-
       betic characters.

       Finally,	any prefix and suffix specified	with the -P and	-S options are
       added to	each member of the completion list, and	the result is returned
       to the readline completion code as the list of possible completions.

       If the previously-applied actions do not	generate any matches, and  the
       -o  dirnames  option was	supplied to complete when the compspec was de-
       fined, directory	name completion	is attempted.

       If the -o plusdirs option was supplied to complete  when	 the  compspec
       was defined, directory name completion is attempted and any matches are
       added to	the results of the other actions.

       By  default,  if	a compspec is found, whatever it generates is returned
       to the completion code as the full set of  possible  completions.   The
       default bash completions	are not	attempted, and the readline default of
       filename	completion is disabled.	 If the	-o bashdefault option was sup-
       plied  to complete when the compspec was	defined, the bash default com-
       pletions	are attempted if the compspec generates	no matches.  If	the -o
       default option was supplied to complete when the	compspec was  defined,
       readline's  default  completion will be performed if the	compspec (and,
       if attempted, the default bash completions) generate no matches.

       When a compspec indicates that directory	name  completion  is  desired,
       the  programmable completion functions force readline to	append a slash
       to completed names which	are symbolic links to directories, subject  to
       the  value of the mark-directories readline variable, regardless	of the
       setting of the mark-symlinked-directories readline variable.

       There is	some support for dynamically modifying completions.   This  is
       most  useful  when used in combination with a default completion	speci-
       fied with complete -D.  It's possible for shell functions  executed  as
       completion  handlers  to	 indicate that completion should be retried by
       returning an exit status	of 124.	 If a shell function returns 124,  and
       changes the compspec associated with the	command	on which completion is
       being  attempted	 (supplied  as the first argument when the function is
       executed), programmable completion restarts from	the beginning, with an
       attempt to find a new compspec for that command.	 This allows a set  of
       completions  to be built	dynamically as completion is attempted,	rather
       than being loaded all at	once.

       For instance, assuming that there is a library of compspecs, each  kept
       in  a  file corresponding to the	name of	the command, the following de-
       fault completion	function would load completions	dynamically:

       _completion_loader()
       {
	    . "/etc/bash_completion.d/$1.sh" >/dev/null	2>&1 &&	return 124
       }
       complete	-D -F _completion_loader -o bashdefault	-o default

HISTORY
       When the	-o history option to the set builtin  is  enabled,  the	 shell
       provides	access to the command history, the list	of commands previously
       typed.	The  value  of	the HISTSIZE variable is used as the number of
       commands	to save	in a history list.  The	text of	the last HISTSIZE com-
       mands (default 500) is saved.  The shell	stores	each  command  in  the
       history	list  prior to parameter and variable expansion	(see EXPANSION
       above) but after	history	expansion is performed,	subject	to the	values
       of the shell variables HISTIGNORE and HISTCONTROL.

       On startup, the history is initialized from the file named by the vari-
       able  HISTFILE  (default	~/.bash_history).  The file named by the value
       of HISTFILE is truncated, if necessary, to contain  no  more  than  the
       number  of  lines specified by the value	of HISTFILESIZE.  If HISTFILE-
       SIZE is unset, or set to	null, a	non-numeric value, or a	numeric	 value
       less  than  zero,  the history file is not truncated.  When the history
       file is read, lines beginning with the history comment  character  fol-
       lowed immediately by a digit are	interpreted as timestamps for the fol-
       lowing history line.  These timestamps are optionally displayed depend-
       ing  on	the  value  of the HISTTIMEFORMAT variable.  When a shell with
       history enabled exits, the last $HISTSIZE lines	are  copied  from  the
       history	list  to $HISTFILE.  If	the histappend shell option is enabled
       (see the	description of shopt under SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS below),  the
       lines  are  appended to the history file, otherwise the history file is
       overwritten.  If	HISTFILE is unset, or  if  the	history	 file  is  un-
       writable,  the history is not saved.  If	the HISTTIMEFORMAT variable is
       set, time stamps	are written to the history file, marked	with the  his-
       tory comment character, so they may be preserved	across shell sessions.
       This  uses the history comment character	to distinguish timestamps from
       other history lines.  After saving the history,	the  history  file  is
       truncated  to contain no	more than HISTFILESIZE lines.  If HISTFILESIZE
       is unset, or set	to null, a non-numeric value, or a numeric value  less
       than zero, the history file is not truncated.

       The  builtin  command fc	(see SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS below) may be used
       to list or edit and re-execute a	portion	of the history list.  The his-
       tory builtin may	be used	to display or modify the history list and  ma-
       nipulate	 the  history  file.   When using command-line editing,	search
       commands	are available in each editing mode that	provide	access to  the
       history list.

       The  shell  allows control over which commands are saved	on the history
       list.  The HISTCONTROL and HISTIGNORE variables may be set to cause the
       shell to	save only a subset of the commands entered.  The cmdhist shell
       option, if enabled, causes the shell to attempt to save each line of  a
       multi-line  command  in the same	history	entry, adding semicolons where
       necessary to preserve syntactic correctness.  The lithist shell	option
       causes  the shell to save the command with embedded newlines instead of
       semicolons.  See	the description	of the shopt builtin below under SHELL
       BUILTIN COMMANDS	for information	on setting  and	 unsetting  shell  op-
       tions.

HISTORY	EXPANSION
       The  shell  supports a history expansion	feature	that is	similar	to the
       history expansion in csh.  This section describes what syntax  features
       are  available.	 This  feature	is  enabled by default for interactive
       shells, and can be disabled using the +H	option to the set builtin com-
       mand (see SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS	below).	 Non-interactive shells	do not
       perform history expansion by default.

       History expansions introduce words from the history list	into the input
       stream, making it easy to repeat	commands, insert the  arguments	 to  a
       previous	command	into the current input line, or	fix errors in previous
       commands	quickly.

       History	expansion  is  performed  immediately after a complete line is
       read, before the	shell breaks it	into words, and	is performed  on  each
       line  individually  without  taking  quoting on previous	lines into ac-
       count.  It takes	place in two parts.  The first is to  determine	 which
       line  from  the history list to use during substitution.	 The second is
       to select portions of that line for inclusion  into  the	 current  one.
       The  line  selected  from the history is	the event, and the portions of
       that line that are acted	upon are words.	 Various modifiers are	avail-
       able  to	 manipulate the	selected words.	 The line is broken into words
       in the same fashion as when reading input, so that several  metacharac-
       ter-separated words surrounded by quotes	are considered one word.  His-
       tory  expansions	are introduced by the appearance of the	history	expan-
       sion character, which is	! by default.  Only backslash (\)  and	single
       quotes  can  quote the history expansion	character, but the history ex-
       pansion character is also treated as quoted if it immediately  precedes
       the closing double quote	in a double-quoted string.

       Several	characters inhibit history expansion if	found immediately fol-
       lowing the history expansion character, even if it is unquoted:	space,
       tab,  newline,  carriage	return,	and =.	If the extglob shell option is
       enabled,	( will also inhibit expansion.

       Several shell options settable with the shopt builtin may  be  used  to
       tailor  the behavior of history expansion.  If the histverify shell op-
       tion is enabled (see the	description of the shopt builtin  below),  and
       readline	 is  being  used,  history  substitutions  are not immediately
       passed to the shell parser.  Instead, the  expanded  line  is  reloaded
       into the	readline editing buffer	for further modification.  If readline
       is  being  used,	 and  the histreedit shell option is enabled, a	failed
       history substitution will be reloaded into the readline editing	buffer
       for  correction.	  The  -p option to the	history	builtin	command	may be
       used to see what	a history expansion will do before using it.   The  -s
       option to the history builtin may be used to add	commands to the	end of
       the  history  list  without  actually  executing	them, so that they are
       available for subsequent	recall.

       The shell allows	control	of the various characters used by the  history
       expansion mechanism (see	the description	of histchars above under Shell
       Variables).   The shell uses the	history	comment	character to mark his-
       tory timestamps when writing the	history	file.

   Event Designators
       An event	designator is a	reference to a command line entry in the  his-
       tory  list.   Unless  the reference is absolute,	events are relative to
       the current position in the history list.

       !      Start a history substitution, except when	followed by  a	blank,
	      newline,	carriage return, = or (	(when the extglob shell	option
	      is enabled using the shopt builtin).
       !n     Refer to command line n.
       !-n    Refer to the current command minus n.
       !!     Refer to the previous command.  This is a	synonym	for `!-1'.
       !string
	      Refer to the most	recent command preceding the current  position
	      in the history list starting with	string.
       !?string[?]
	      Refer  to	the most recent	command	preceding the current position
	      in the history list containing string.  The trailing  ?  may  be
	      omitted  if  string  is  followed	 immediately by	a newline.  If
	      string is	missing, the string from the  most  recent  search  is
	      used; it is an error if there is no previous search string.
       ^string1^string2^
	      Quick  substitution.   Repeat  the  previous  command, replacing
	      string1 with string2.  Equivalent	 to  ``!!:s^string1^string2^''
	      (see Modifiers below).
       !#     The entire command line typed so far.

   Word	Designators
       Word  designators are used to select desired words from the event.  A :
       separates the event specification from the word designator.  It may  be
       omitted	if  the	word designator	begins with a ^, $, *, -, or %.	 Words
       are numbered from the beginning of the line, with the first word	 being
       denoted	by  0  (zero).	Words are inserted into	the current line sepa-
       rated by	single spaces.

       0 (zero)
	      The zeroth word.	For the	shell, this is the command word.
       n      The nth word.
       ^      The first	argument.  That	is, word 1.
       $      The last word.  This is usually the last argument, but will  ex-
	      pand to the zeroth word if there is only one word	in the line.
       %      The  first word matched by the most recent `?string?' search, if
	      the search string	begins with a character	 that  is  part	 of  a
	      word.
       x-y    A	range of words;	`-y' abbreviates `0-y'.
       *      All  of  the words but the zeroth.  This is a synonym for	`1-$'.
	      It is not	an error to use	* if there is just  one	 word  in  the
	      event; the empty string is returned in that case.
       x*     Abbreviates x-$.
       x-     Abbreviates x-$ like x*, but omits the last word.	 If x is miss-
	      ing, it defaults to 0.

       If  a  word  designator is supplied without an event specification, the
       previous	command	is used	as the event.

   Modifiers
       After the optional word designator, there may appear a sequence of  one
       or more of the following	modifiers, each	preceded by a `:'.  These mod-
       ify, or edit, the word or words selected	from the history event.

       h      Remove a trailing	filename component, leaving only the head.
       t      Remove all leading filename components, leaving the tail.
       r      Remove a trailing	suffix of the form .xxx, leaving the basename.
       e      Remove all but the trailing suffix.
       p      Print the	new command but	do not execute it.
       q      Quote the	substituted words, escaping further substitutions.
       x      Quote  the  substituted words as with q, but break into words at
	      blanks and newlines.  The	q and x	modifiers are mutually	exclu-
	      sive; the	last one supplied is used.
       s/old/new/
	      Substitute  new  for  the	 first	occurrence of old in the event
	      line.  Any character may be used as the delimiter	in place of /.
	      The final	delimiter is optional if it is the last	 character  of
	      the event	line.  The delimiter may be quoted in old and new with
	      a	single backslash.  If &	appears	in new,	it is replaced by old.
	      A	 single	backslash will quote the &.  If	old is null, it	is set
	      to the last old substituted, or, if no previous history  substi-
	      tutions  took  place,  the last string in	a !?string[?]  search.
	      If new is	null, each matching old	is deleted.
       &      Repeat the previous substitution.
       g      Cause changes to be applied over the entire event	line.  This is
	      used in conjunction with `:s' (e.g.,  `:gs/old/new/')  or	 `:&'.
	      If  used with `:s', any delimiter	can be used in place of	/, and
	      the final	delimiter is optional if it is the last	 character  of
	      the event	line.  An a may	be used	as a synonym for g.
       G      Apply the	following `s' or `&' modifier once to each word	in the
	      event line.

SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS
       Unless otherwise	noted, each builtin command documented in this section
       as accepting options preceded by	- accepts -- to	signify	the end	of the
       options.	 The :,	true, false, and test/[	builtins do not	accept options
       and  do	not treat -- specially.	 The exit, logout, return, break, con-
       tinue, let, and shift builtins accept and process  arguments  beginning
       with  - without requiring --.  Other builtins that accept arguments but
       are not specified as accepting options  interpret  arguments  beginning
       with  -	as  invalid options and	require	-- to prevent this interpreta-
       tion.
       : [arguments]
	      No effect; the command does nothing beyond  expanding  arguments
	      and performing any specified redirections.  The return status is
	      zero.

	.  filename [arguments]
       source filename [arguments]
	      Read and execute commands	from filename in the current shell en-
	      vironment	 and  return  the exit status of the last command exe-
	      cuted from filename.  If filename	 does  not  contain  a	slash,
	      filenames	 in  PATH  are	used  to find the directory containing
	      filename,	but filename does not need to be executable.  The file
	      searched for in PATH need	not be executable.  When bash  is  not
	      in  posix	 mode, it searches the current directory if no file is
	      found in PATH.  If the sourcepath	option to  the	shopt  builtin
	      command  is  turned off, the PATH	is not searched.  If any argu-
	      ments are	supplied, they become the positional  parameters  when
	      filename	is  executed.  Otherwise the positional	parameters are
	      unchanged.  If the -T option is enabled, . inherits any trap  on
	      DEBUG; if	it is not, any DEBUG trap string is saved and restored
	      around  the call to ., and . unsets the DEBUG trap while it exe-
	      cutes.  If -T is not set,	and the	sourced	file changes the DEBUG
	      trap, the	new value is retained when .  completes.   The	return
	      status  is  the  status  of  the	last command exited within the
	      script (0	if no commands are executed), and false	if filename is
	      not found	or cannot be read.

       alias [-p] [name[=value]	...]
	      Alias with no arguments or with the -p option prints the list of
	      aliases in the form alias	name=value on standard	output.	  When
	      arguments	 are supplied, an alias	is defined for each name whose
	      value is given.  A trailing space	in value causes	the next  word
	      to be checked for	alias substitution when	the alias is expanded.
	      For  each	 name  in the argument list for	which no value is sup-
	      plied, the name and value	of the alias is	 printed.   Alias  re-
	      turns  true  unless  a name is given for which no	alias has been
	      defined.

       bg [jobspec ...]
	      Resume each suspended job	jobspec	in the background,  as	if  it
	      had been started with &.	If jobspec is not present, the shell's
	      notion  of the current job is used.  bg jobspec returns 0	unless
	      run when job control is disabled or, when	run with  job  control
	      enabled,	any  specified	jobspec	 was  not found	or was started
	      without job control.

       bind [-m	keymap]	[-lpsvPSVX]
       bind [-m	keymap]	[-q function] [-u function] [-r	keyseq]
       bind [-m	keymap]	-f filename
       bind [-m	keymap]	-x keyseq:shell-command
       bind [-m	keymap]	keyseq:function-name
       bind [-m	keymap]	keyseq:readline-command
       bind readline-command-line
	      Display current readline key and function	bindings, bind	a  key
	      sequence	to  a  readline	 function  or macro, or	set a readline
	      variable.	 Each non-option argument is a command as it would ap-
	      pear in a	readline initialization	file  such  as	.inputrc,  but
	      each  binding  or	command	must be	passed as a separate argument;
	      e.g., '"\C-x\C-r": re-read-init-file'.   Options,	 if  supplied,
	      have the following meanings:
	      -m keymap
		     Use keymap	as the keymap to be affected by	the subsequent
		     bindings.	Acceptable keymap names	are emacs, emacs-stan-
		     dard,  emacs-meta,	 emacs-ctlx,  vi, vi-move, vi-command,
		     and vi-insert.  vi	is equivalent to  vi-command  (vi-move
		     is	 also  a  synonym); emacs is equivalent	to emacs-stan-
		     dard.
	      -l     List the names of all readline functions.
	      -p     Display readline function names and bindings  in  such  a
		     way that they can be re-read.
	      -P     List current readline function names and bindings.
	      -s     Display  readline	key  sequences bound to	macros and the
		     strings they output in such a way that they  can  be  re-
		     read.
	      -S     Display  readline	key  sequences bound to	macros and the
		     strings they output.
	      -v     Display readline variable names and values	in such	a  way
		     that they can be re-read.
	      -V     List current readline variable names and values.
	      -f filename
		     Read key bindings from filename.
	      -q function
		     Query about which keys invoke the named function.
	      -u function
		     Unbind all	keys bound to the named	function.
	      -r keyseq
		     Remove any	current	binding	for keyseq.
	      -x keyseq:shell-command
		     Cause shell-command to be executed	whenever keyseq	is en-
		     tered.   When  shell-command  is executed,	the shell sets
		     the READLINE_LINE variable	to the contents	of  the	 read-
		     line line buffer and the READLINE_POINT and READLINE_MARK
		     variables	to the current location	of the insertion point
		     and the saved insertion point (the	 mark),	 respectively.
		     The  shell	assigns	any numeric argument the user supplied
		     to	the READLINE_ARGUMENT variable.	 If there was no argu-
		     ment, that	variable is not	set.  If the executed  command
		     changes   the   value  of	any  of	 READLINE_LINE,	 READ-
		     LINE_POINT, or READLINE_MARK, those new  values  will  be
		     reflected in the editing state.
	      -X     List  all	key  sequences bound to	shell commands and the
		     associated	commands in a format that can be reused	as in-
		     put.

	      The return value is 0 unless an unrecognized option is given  or
	      an error occurred.

       break [n]
	      Exit  from  within a for,	while, until, or select	loop.  If n is
	      specified, break n levels.  n must be >= 1.   If	n  is  greater
	      than  the	number of enclosing loops, all enclosing loops are ex-
	      ited.  The return	value is 0 unless n is	not  greater  than  or
	      equal to 1.

       builtin shell-builtin [arguments]
	      Execute  the  specified shell builtin, passing it	arguments, and
	      return its exit status.  This is useful when defining a function
	      whose name is the	same as	a shell	builtin, retaining  the	 func-
	      tionality	of the builtin within the function.  The cd builtin is
	      commonly	redefined  this	 way.	The  return status is false if
	      shell-builtin is not a shell builtin command.

       caller [expr]
	      Returns the context of any active	subroutine call	(a shell func-
	      tion or a	script executed	with the . or source builtins).	 With-
	      out expr,	caller displays	the line number	and source filename of
	      the current subroutine call.  If a non-negative integer is  sup-
	      plied as expr, caller displays the line number, subroutine name,
	      and  source  file	 corresponding to that position	in the current
	      execution	call stack.  This extra	information may	be  used,  for
	      example,	to print a stack trace.	 The current frame is frame 0.
	      The return value is 0 unless the shell is	not executing  a  sub-
	      routine  call or expr does not correspond	to a valid position in
	      the call stack.

       cd [-L|[-P [-e]]	[-@]] [dir]
	      Change the current directory to dir.  if dir  is	not  supplied,
	      the  value of the	HOME shell variable is the default.  The vari-
	      able CDPATH defines the search path for the directory containing
	      dir: each	directory name in CDPATH is searched for dir.	Alter-
	      native  directory	 names in CDPATH are separated by a colon (:).
	      A	null directory name in CDPATH is the same as the  current  di-
	      rectory,	i.e., ``.''.  If dir begins with a slash (/), then CD-
	      PATH is not used.	 The -P	option causes cd to use	 the  physical
	      directory	structure by resolving symbolic	links while traversing
	      dir  and	before processing instances of .. in dir (see also the
	      -P option	to the set builtin command); the -L option forces sym-
	      bolic links to be	followed by resolving the link after  process-
	      ing  instances  of  ..  in  dir.	 If  ..	 appears in dir, it is
	      processed	by removing the	immediately previous  pathname	compo-
	      nent  from dir, back to a	slash or the beginning of dir.	If the
	      -e option	is supplied with -P, and the current working directory
	      cannot be	successfully determined	after a	 successful  directory
	      change,  cd will return an unsuccessful status.  On systems that
	      support it, the -@ option	presents the extended attributes asso-
	      ciated with a file as a directory.  An argument  of  -  is  con-
	      verted  to $OLDPWD before	the directory change is	attempted.  If
	      a	non-empty directory name from CDPATH is	used, or if -  is  the
	      first  argument, and the directory change	is successful, the ab-
	      solute pathname of the new working directory is written  to  the
	      standard output.	If the directory change	is successful, cd sets
	      the  value  of the PWD environment variable to the new directory
	      name, and	sets the OLDPWD	environment variable to	the  value  of
	      the  current  working  directory	before the change.  The	return
	      value is true if the directory was successfully  changed;	 false
	      otherwise.

       command [-pVv] command [arg ...]
	      Run  command  with  args	suppressing  the normal	shell function
	      lookup.  Only builtin commands or	commands found in the PATH are
	      executed.	 If the	-p option is given, the	search for command  is
	      performed	 using	a default value	for PATH that is guaranteed to
	      find all of the standard utilities.  If either the -V or -v  op-
	      tion  is	supplied, a description	of command is printed.	The -v
	      option causes a single word indicating the command  or  filename
	      used to invoke command to	be displayed; the -V option produces a
	      more  verbose  description.  If the -V or	-v option is supplied,
	      the exit status is 0 if command was found, and  1	 if  not.   If
	      neither option is	supplied and an	error occurred or command can-
	      not  be found, the exit status is	127.  Otherwise, the exit sta-
	      tus of the command builtin is the	exit status of command.

       compgen [option]	[word]
	      Generate possible	completion matches for word according  to  the
	      options,	which  may  be	any  option  accepted  by the complete
	      builtin with the exception of -p and -r, and write  the  matches
	      to  the  standard	 output.  When using the -F or -C options, the
	      various shell variables set by the programmable  completion  fa-
	      cilities,	while available, will not have useful values.

	      The matches will be generated in the same	way as if the program-
	      mable completion code had	generated them directly	from a comple-
	      tion  specification  with	the same flags.	 If word is specified,
	      only those completions matching word will	be displayed.

	      The return value is true unless an invalid option	 is  supplied,
	      or no matches were generated.

       complete	[-abcdefgjksuv]	[-o comp-option] [-DEI]	[-A action] [-G	glob-
       pat] [-W	wordlist]
	      [-F  function]  [-C command] [-X filterpat] [-P prefix] [-S suf-
	      fix] name	[name ...]
       complete	-pr [-DEI] [name ...]
	      Specify how arguments to each name should	be completed.  If  the
	      -p  option  is supplied, or if no	options	are supplied, existing
	      completion specifications	are printed in a way that allows  them
	      to be reused as input.  The -r option removes a completion spec-
	      ification	 for each name,	or, if no names	are supplied, all com-
	      pletion specifications.  The -D option indicates that other sup-
	      plied options and	actions	should apply to	the  ``default''  com-
	      mand  completion;	that is, completion attempted on a command for
	      which no completion has previously been defined.	The -E	option
	      indicates	 that  other supplied options and actions should apply
	      to ``empty'' command completion; that is,	 completion  attempted
	      on  a  blank  line.  The -I option indicates that	other supplied
	      options and actions should apply to completion  on  the  initial
	      non-assignment  word  on	the line, or after a command delimiter
	      such as ;	or |, which is usually command	name  completion.   If
	      multiple	options	 are  supplied,	the -D option takes precedence
	      over -E, and both	take precedence	over -I.  If any of -D,	-E, or
	      -I are supplied, any other name  arguments  are  ignored;	 these
	      completions only apply to	the case specified by the option.

	      The  process  of	applying  these	completion specifications when
	      word completion is attempted is described	above under Programma-
	      ble Completion.

	      Other options, if	specified, have	the following  meanings.   The
	      arguments	 to the	-G, -W,	and -X options (and, if	necessary, the
	      -P and -S	options) should	be quoted to protect them from	expan-
	      sion before the complete builtin is invoked.
	      -o comp-option
		      The  comp-option	controls  several aspects of the comp-
		      spec's behavior beyond the simple	generation of  comple-
		      tions.  comp-option may be one of:
		      bashdefault
			      Perform the rest of the default bash completions
			      if the compspec generates	no matches.
		      default Use  readline's  default	filename completion if
			      the compspec generates no	matches.
		      dirnames
			      Perform directory	name completion	if  the	 comp-
			      spec generates no	matches.
		      filenames
			      Tell  readline that the compspec generates file-
			      names, so	it can perform	any  filename-specific
			      processing  (like	 adding	 a  slash to directory
			      names, quoting special characters, or  suppress-
			      ing  trailing spaces).  Intended to be used with
			      shell functions.
		      noquote Tell readline not	to quote the  completed	 words
			      if  they are filenames (quoting filenames	is the
			      default).
		      nosort  Tell readline not	to sort	the list  of  possible
			      completions alphabetically.
		      nospace Tell  readline  not  to  append a	space (the de-
			      fault) to	words completed	 at  the  end  of  the
			      line.
		      plusdirs
			      After  any  matches  defined by the compspec are
			      generated,  directory  name  completion  is  at-
			      tempted and any matches are added	to the results
			      of the other actions.
	      -A action
		      The  action  may	be  one	of the following to generate a
		      list of possible completions:
		      alias   Alias names.  May	also be	specified as -a.
		      arrayvar
			      Array variable names.
		      binding Readline key binding names.
		      builtin Names of shell builtin commands.	 May  also  be
			      specified	as -b.
		      command Command names.  May also be specified as -c.
		      directory
			      Directory	names.	May also be specified as -d.
		      disabled
			      Names of disabled	shell builtins.
		      enabled Names of enabled shell builtins.
		      export  Names  of	exported shell variables.  May also be
			      specified	as -e.
		      file    File names.  May also be specified as -f.
		      function
			      Names of shell functions.
		      group   Group names.  May	also be	specified as -g.
		      helptopic
			      Help topics as accepted by the help builtin.
		      hostname
			      Hostnames, as taken from the file	 specified  by
			      the HOSTFILE shell variable.
		      job     Job  names,  if job control is active.  May also
			      be specified as -j.
		      keyword Shell reserved words.  May also be specified  as
			      -k.
		      running Names of running jobs, if	job control is active.
		      service Service names.  May also be specified as -s.
		      setopt  Valid  arguments	for  the  -o option to the set
			      builtin.
		      shopt   Shell option names  as  accepted	by  the	 shopt
			      builtin.
		      signal  Signal names.
		      stopped Names of stopped jobs, if	job control is active.
		      user    User names.  May also be specified as -u.
		      variable
			      Names of all shell variables.  May also be spec-
			      ified as -v.
	      -C command
		      command  is  executed in a subshell environment, and its
		      output is	used as	the possible  completions.   Arguments
		      are passed as with the -F	option.
	      -F function
		      The  shell  function function is executed	in the current
		      shell environment.  When the function is	executed,  the
		      first argument ($1) is the name of the command whose ar-
		      guments are being	completed, the second argument ($2) is
		      the word being completed,	and the	third argument ($3) is
		      the  word	preceding the word being completed on the cur-
		      rent command line.  When it finishes, the	possible  com-
		      pletions	are  retrieved from the	value of the COMPREPLY
		      array variable.
	      -G globpat
		      The pathname expansion pattern globpat  is  expanded  to
		      generate the possible completions.
	      -P prefix
		      prefix  is  added	at the beginning of each possible com-
		      pletion after all	other options have been	applied.
	      -S suffix
		      suffix is	appended to each possible completion after all
		      other options have been applied.
	      -W wordlist
		      The wordlist is split using the characters  in  the  IFS
		      special  variable	as delimiters, and each	resultant word
		      is expanded.  Shell quoting is honored within  wordlist,
		      in order to provide a mechanism for the words to contain
		      shell  metacharacters or characters in the value of IFS.
		      The possible completions are the members of  the	resul-
		      tant list	which match the	word being completed.
	      -X filterpat
		      filterpat	 is  a pattern as used for pathname expansion.
		      It is applied to the list	of possible completions	gener-
		      ated by the preceding options and	 arguments,  and  each
		      completion  matching filterpat is	removed	from the list.
		      A	leading	! in filterpat negates the  pattern;  in  this
		      case, any	completion not matching	filterpat is removed.

	      The  return  value is true unless	an invalid option is supplied,
	      an option	other than -p or -r is supplied	without	a  name	 argu-
	      ment,  an	 attempt  is made to remove a completion specification
	      for a name for which no specification exists, or an error	occurs
	      adding a completion specification.

       compopt [-o option] [-DEI] [+o option] [name]
	      Modify completion	options	for each name  according  to  the  op-
	      tions, or	for the	currently-executing completion if no names are
	      supplied.	  If  no options are given, display the	completion op-
	      tions for	each name or the  current  completion.	 The  possible
	      values  of  option  are those valid for the complete builtin de-
	      scribed above.  The -D option indicates that other supplied  op-
	      tions  should  apply to the ``default'' command completion; that
	      is, completion attempted on a command for	 which	no  completion
	      has previously been defined.  The	-E option indicates that other
	      supplied	options	 should	apply to ``empty'' command completion;
	      that is, completion attempted on a blank line.   The  -I	option
	      indicates	that other supplied options should apply to completion
	      on  the initial non-assignment word on the line, or after	a com-
	      mand delimiter such as ; or |, which  is	usually	 command  name
	      completion.

	      The  return  value is true unless	an invalid option is supplied,
	      an attempt is made to modify the options for a name for which no
	      completion specification exists, or an output error occurs.

       continue	[n]
	      Resume the next iteration	of the enclosing for, while, until, or
	      select loop.  If n is specified, resume  at  the	nth  enclosing
	      loop.   n	 must be >= 1.	If n is	greater	than the number	of en-
	      closing loops, the last enclosing	loop (the ``top-level''	 loop)
	      is  resumed.  The	return value is	0 unless n is not greater than
	      or equal to 1.

       declare [-aAfFgiIlnrtux]	[-p] [name[=value] ...]
       typeset [-aAfFgiIlnrtux]	[-p] [name[=value] ...]
	      Declare variables	and/or give them attributes.  If no names  are
	      given  then display the values of	variables.  The	-p option will
	      display the attributes and values	of each	name.  When -p is used
	      with name	arguments, additional options, other than -f  and  -F,
	      are  ignored.   When  -p	is supplied without name arguments, it
	      will display the attributes and values of	all  variables	having
	      the attributes specified by the additional options.  If no other
	      options  are  supplied with -p, declare will display the attrib-
	      utes and values of all shell variables.  The -f option will  re-
	      strict  the  display to shell functions.	The -F option inhibits
	      the display of function definitions; only	the function name  and
	      attributes are printed.  If the extdebug shell option is enabled
	      using  shopt,  the  source  file name and	line number where each
	      name is defined are displayed as well.  The  -F  option  implies
	      -f.  The -g option forces	variables to be	created	or modified at
	      the global scope,	even when declare is executed in a shell func-
	      tion.   It  is ignored in	all other cases.  The -I option	causes
	      local variables to inherit the attributes	 (except  the  nameref
	      attribute) and value of any existing variable with the same name
	      at  a  surrounding scope.	 If there is no	existing variable, the
	      local variable is	initially unset.  The following	options	can be
	      used to restrict output to  variables  with  the	specified  at-
	      tribute or to give variables attributes:
	      -a     Each  name	 is  an	 indexed  array	 variable  (see	Arrays
		     above).
	      -A     Each name is an associative array	variable  (see	Arrays
		     above).
	      -f     Use function names	only.
	      -i     The variable is treated as	an integer; arithmetic evalua-
		     tion  (see	ARITHMETIC EVALUATION above) is	performed when
		     the variable is assigned a	value.
	      -l     When the variable is assigned  a  value,  all  upper-case
		     characters	 are  converted	to lower-case.	The upper-case
		     attribute is disabled.
	      -n     Give each name the	nameref	attribute, making  it  a  name
		     reference	to  another  variable.	That other variable is
		     defined by	the value of name.   All  references,  assign-
		     ments,  and attribute modifications to name, except those
		     using or changing the -n attribute	itself,	are  performed
		     on	 the variable referenced by name's value.  The nameref
		     attribute cannot be applied to array variables.
	      -r     Make names	readonly.  These names cannot then be assigned
		     values by subsequent assignment statements	or unset.
	      -t     Give each name the	trace attribute.  Traced functions in-
		     herit the DEBUG and RETURN	traps from the calling	shell.
		     The trace attribute has no	special	meaning	for variables.
	      -u     When  the	variable  is  assigned a value,	all lower-case
		     characters	are converted to upper-case.   The  lower-case
		     attribute is disabled.
	      -x     Mark  names for export to subsequent commands via the en-
		     vironment.

	      Using `+'	instead	of `-' turns off the attribute	instead,  with
	      the  exceptions  that +a and +A may not be used to destroy array
	      variables	and +r will not	remove the readonly  attribute.	  When
	      used in a	function, declare and typeset make each	name local, as
	      with  the	local command, unless the -g option is supplied.  If a
	      variable name is followed	by =value, the value of	 the  variable
	      is  set  to value.  When using -a	or -A and the compound assign-
	      ment syntax to create array variables, additional	attributes  do
	      not  take	effect until subsequent	assignments.  The return value
	      is 0 unless an invalid option is encountered, an attempt is made
	      to define	a function using ``-f foo=bar'', an attempt is made to
	      assign a value to	a readonly variable, an	attempt	is made	to as-
	      sign a value to an array variable	without	using the compound as-
	      signment syntax (see Arrays above), one of the names  is	not  a
	      valid  shell variable name, an attempt is	made to	turn off read-
	      only status for a	readonly variable, an attempt is made to  turn
	      off array	status for an array variable, or an attempt is made to
	      display a	non-existent function with -f.

       dirs [-clpv] [+n] [-n]
	      Without  options,	 displays the list of currently	remembered di-
	      rectories.  The default display is on a single line with	direc-
	      tory  names  separated  by spaces.  Directories are added	to the
	      list with	the pushd command; the popd  command  removes  entries
	      from the list.  The current directory is always the first	direc-
	      tory in the stack.
	      -c     Clears  the  directory  stack  by deleting	all of the en-
		     tries.
	      -l     Produces a	listing	 using	full  pathnames;  the  default
		     listing format uses a tilde to denote the home directory.
	      -p     Print the directory stack with one	entry per line.
	      -v     Print  the	 directory stack with one entry	per line, pre-
		     fixing each entry with its	index in the stack.
	      +n     Displays the nth entry counting from the left of the list
		     shown by dirs when	invoked	without	options, starting with
		     zero.
	      -n     Displays the nth entry counting from  the	right  of  the
		     list shown	by dirs	when invoked without options, starting
		     with zero.

	      The  return value	is 0 unless an invalid option is supplied or n
	      indexes beyond the end of	the directory stack.

       disown [-ar] [-h] [jobspec ... |	pid ...	]
	      Without options, remove each jobspec from	the  table  of	active
	      jobs.   If jobspec is not	present, and neither the -a nor	the -r
	      option is	supplied, the current job is used.  If the  -h	option
	      is  given,  each	jobspec	 is not	removed	from the table,	but is
	      marked so	that SIGHUP is not sent	to the job if  the  shell  re-
	      ceives a SIGHUP.	If no jobspec is supplied, the -a option means
	      to  remove or mark all jobs; the -r option without a jobspec ar-
	      gument restricts operation to running jobs.  The return value is
	      0	unless a jobspec does not specify a valid job.

       echo [-neE] [arg	...]
	      Output the args, separated by spaces,  followed  by  a  newline.
	      The  return  status  is 0	unless a write error occurs.  If -n is
	      specified, the trailing newline is suppressed.  If the -e	option
	      is given,	 interpretation	 of  the  following  backslash-escaped
	      characters  is  enabled.	The -E option disables the interpreta-
	      tion of these escape characters, even on systems where they  are
	      interpreted  by  default.	 The xpg_echo shell option may be used
	      to dynamically determine whether or not echo expands  these  es-
	      cape  characters by default.  echo does not interpret -- to mean
	      the end of options.  echo	interprets the	following  escape  se-
	      quences:
	      \a     alert (bell)
	      \b     backspace
	      \c     suppress further output
	      \e
	      \E     an	escape character
	      \f     form feed
	      \n     new line
	      \r     carriage return
	      \t     horizontal	tab
	      \v     vertical tab
	      \\     backslash
	      \0nnn  the  eight-bit  character	whose value is the octal value
		     nnn (zero to three	octal digits)
	      \xHH   the eight-bit character whose value  is  the  hexadecimal
		     value HH (one or two hex digits)
	      \uHHHH the  Unicode (ISO/IEC 10646) character whose value	is the
		     hexadecimal value HHHH (one to four hex digits)
	      \UHHHHHHHH
		     the Unicode (ISO/IEC 10646) character whose value is  the
		     hexadecimal value HHHHHHHH	(one to	eight hex digits)

       enable [-a] [-dnps] [-f filename] [name ...]
	      Enable  and disable builtin shell	commands.  Disabling a builtin
	      allows a disk command which has the same name as a shell builtin
	      to be executed without specifying	a full pathname,  even	though
	      the  shell  normally searches for	builtins before	disk commands.
	      If -n is used, each name is disabled; otherwise, names  are  en-
	      abled.   For  example, to	use the	test binary found via the PATH
	      instead of the shell builtin version, run	 ``enable  -n  test''.
	      The  -f  option  means to	load the new builtin command name from
	      shared object filename, on systems that support dynamic loading.
	      Bash will	use the	value of the BASH_LOADABLES_PATH variable as a
	      colon-separated list of directories in which to search for file-
	      name.  The default is  system-dependent.	 The  -d  option  will
	      delete  a	 builtin  previously loaded with -f.  If no name argu-
	      ments are	given, or if the -p option  is	supplied,  a  list  of
	      shell  builtins is printed.  With	no other option	arguments, the
	      list consists of all enabled shell builtins.  If -n is supplied,
	      only disabled builtins are printed.  If -a is supplied, the list
	      printed includes all builtins, with an indication	of whether  or
	      not  each	 is  enabled.	If  -s	is supplied, the output	is re-
	      stricted to the POSIX special builtins.  If no options are  sup-
	      plied  and a name	is not a shell builtin,	enable will attempt to
	      load name	from a shared object named name,  as  if  the  command
	      were  ``enable  -f  name	name .	The return value is 0 unless a
	      name is not a shell builtin or there is an error loading	a  new
	      builtin from a shared object.

       eval [arg ...]
	      The  args	 are read and concatenated together into a single com-
	      mand.  This command is then read and executed by the shell,  and
	      its  exit	status is returned as the value	of eval.  If there are
	      no args, or only null arguments, eval returns 0.

       exec [-cl] [-a name] [command [arguments]]
	      If command is specified, it replaces the shell.  No new  process
	      is  created.  The	arguments become the arguments to command.  If
	      the -l option is supplied, the shell places a dash at the	begin-
	      ning of the zeroth argument passed to command.  This is what lo-
	      gin(1) does.  The	-c option causes command to be	executed  with
	      an  empty	environment.  If -a is supplied, the shell passes name
	      as the zeroth argument to	the executed command.  If command can-
	      not be executed for some reason, a non-interactive shell	exits,
	      unless  the  execfail shell option is enabled.  In that case, it
	      returns failure.	An interactive shell returns  failure  if  the
	      file  cannot  be	executed.  A subshell exits unconditionally if
	      exec fails.  If command is not specified,	any redirections  take
	      effect  in  the  current	shell, and the return status is	0.  If
	      there is a redirection error, the	return status is 1.

       exit [n]
	      Cause the	shell to exit with a status of n.  If  n  is  omitted,
	      the exit status is that of the last command executed.  A trap on
	      EXIT is executed before the shell	terminates.

       export [-fn] [name[=word]] ...
       export -p
	      The  supplied names are marked for automatic export to the envi-
	      ronment of subsequently executed commands.  If the -f option  is
	      given,  the names	refer to functions.  If	no names are given, or
	      if the -p	option is supplied, a list of names  of	 all  exported
	      variables	 is printed.  The -n option causes the export property
	      to be removed from each name.  If	a variable name	is followed by
	      =word, the value of the variable is set to word.	export returns
	      an exit status of	0 unless an invalid option is encountered, one
	      of the names is not a valid shell	variable name, or -f  is  sup-
	      plied with a name	that is	not a function.

       fc [-e ename] [-lnr] [first] [last]
       fc -s [pat=rep] [cmd]
	      The  first  form	selects	a range	of commands from first to last
	      from the history list and	 displays  or  edits  and  re-executes
	      them.   First  and  last may be specified	as a string (to	locate
	      the last command beginning with that string) or as a number  (an
	      index  into the history list, where a negative number is used as
	      an offset	from the current command  number).   When  listing,  a
	      first  or	 last of 0 is equivalent to -1 and -0 is equivalent to
	      the current command (usually the fc  command);  otherwise	 0  is
	      equivalent  to  -1 and -0	is invalid.  If	last is	not specified,
	      it is set	to the current command for listing (so	that  ``fc  -l
	      -10''  prints  the last 10 commands) and to first	otherwise.  If
	      first is not specified, it is set	to the	previous  command  for
	      editing and -16 for listing.

	      The  -n option suppresses	the command numbers when listing.  The
	      -r option	reverses the order of the commands.  If	the -l	option
	      is  given,  the  commands	are listed on standard output.	Other-
	      wise, the	editor given by	ename is invoked on a file  containing
	      those  commands.	If ename is not	given, the value of the	FCEDIT
	      variable is used,	and the	value of EDITOR	if FCEDIT is not  set.
	      If  neither  variable  is	set, vi	is used.  When editing is com-
	      plete, the edited	commands are echoed and	executed.

	      In the second form, command is re-executed after	each  instance
	      of  pat  is replaced by rep.  Command is interpreted the same as
	      first above.  A useful alias to use with this is ``r="fc	-s"'',
	      so  that	typing	``r  cc'' runs the last	command	beginning with
	      ``cc'' and typing	``r'' re-executes the last command.

	      If the first form	is used, the return value is 0 unless  an  in-
	      valid  option  is	 encountered  or first or last specify history
	      lines out	of range.  If the -e option is	supplied,  the	return
	      value is the value of the	last command executed or failure if an
	      error occurs with	the temporary file of commands.	 If the	second
	      form  is	used, the return status	is that	of the command re-exe-
	      cuted, unless cmd	does not specify  a  valid  history  line,  in
	      which case fc returns failure.

       fg [jobspec]
	      Resume  jobspec  in the foreground, and make it the current job.
	      If jobspec is not	present, the shell's notion of the current job
	      is used.	The return value is that of the	 command  placed  into
	      the  foreground,	or failure if run when job control is disabled
	      or, when run with	job control enabled, if	jobspec	does not spec-
	      ify a valid job or jobspec specifies  a  job  that  was  started
	      without job control.

       getopts optstring name [arg ...]
	      getopts  is used by shell	procedures to parse positional parame-
	      ters.  optstring contains	the option  characters	to  be	recog-
	      nized;  if a character is	followed by a colon, the option	is ex-
	      pected to	have an	argument, which	should be separated from it by
	      white space.  The	colon and question mark	characters may not  be
	      used  as	option	characters.   Each time	it is invoked, getopts
	      places the next option in	the shell variable name,  initializing
	      name if it does not exist, and the index of the next argument to
	      be processed into	the variable OPTIND.  OPTIND is	initialized to
	      1	each time the shell or a shell script is invoked.  When	an op-
	      tion requires an argument, getopts places	that argument into the
	      variable OPTARG.	The shell does not reset OPTIND	automatically;
	      it  must	be  manually  reset  between multiple calls to getopts
	      within the same shell invocation if a new	set of	parameters  is
	      to be used.

	      When the end of options is encountered, getopts exits with a re-
	      turn value greater than zero.  OPTIND is set to the index	of the
	      first non-option argument, and name is set to ?.

	      getopts  normally	 parses	the positional parameters, but if more
	      arguments	are supplied as	arg values, getopts parses  those  in-
	      stead.

	      getopts  can  report errors in two ways.	If the first character
	      of optstring is a	colon, silent error  reporting	is  used.   In
	      normal  operation,  diagnostic messages are printed when invalid
	      options or missing option	arguments  are	encountered.   If  the
	      variable	OPTERR	is  set	 to  0,	no error messages will be dis-
	      played, even if the first	character of optstring is not a	colon.

	      If an invalid option is seen, getopts places ? into name and, if
	      not silent, prints an  error  message  and  unsets  OPTARG.   If
	      getopts  is  silent, the option character	found is placed	in OP-
	      TARG and no diagnostic message is	printed.

	      If a required argument is	not found, and getopts is not  silent,
	      a	 question  mark	 (?) is	placed in name,	OPTARG is unset, and a
	      diagnostic message is printed.  If getopts  is  silent,  then  a
	      colon  (:)  is  placed  in  name and OPTARG is set to the	option
	      character	found.

	      getopts returns true if an option, specified or unspecified,  is
	      found.  It returns false if the end of options is	encountered or
	      an error occurs.

       hash [-lr] [-p filename]	[-dt] [name]
	      Each time	hash is	invoked, the full pathname of the command name
	      is  determined  by searching the directories in $PATH and	remem-
	      bered.  Any previously-remembered	pathname is discarded.	If the
	      -p option	is supplied, no	path search is performed, and filename
	      is used as the full filename of  the  command.   The  -r	option
	      causes the shell to forget all remembered	locations.  The	-d op-
	      tion  causes the shell to	forget the remembered location of each
	      name.  If	the -t option is supplied, the full pathname to	 which
	      each  name  corresponds  is printed.  If multiple	name arguments
	      are supplied with	-t, the	name is	printed	before the hashed full
	      pathname.	 The -l	option causes output to	be displayed in	a for-
	      mat that may be reused as	input.	If no arguments	are given,  or
	      if only -l is supplied, information about	remembered commands is
	      printed.	 The  return status is true unless a name is not found
	      or an invalid option is supplied.

       help [-dms] [pattern]
	      Display helpful information about	builtin	commands.  If  pattern
	      is  specified, help gives	detailed help on all commands matching
	      pattern; otherwise help for all the builtins and	shell  control
	      structures is printed.
	      -d     Display a short description of each pattern
	      -m     Display the description of	each pattern in	a manpage-like
		     format
	      -s     Display only a short usage	synopsis for each pattern

	      The return status	is 0 unless no command matches pattern.

       history [n]
       history -c
       history -d offset
       history -d start-end
       history -anrw [filename]
       history -p arg [arg ...]
       history -s arg [arg ...]
	      With no options, display the command history list	with line num-
	      bers.  Lines listed with a * have	been modified.	An argument of
	      n	 lists only the	last n lines.  If the shell variable HISTTIME-
	      FORMAT is	set and	not null, it is	used as	a  format  string  for
	      strftime(3)  to display the time stamp associated	with each dis-
	      played history entry.  No	intervening blank is  printed  between
	      the  formatted  time stamp and the history line.	If filename is
	      supplied,	it is used as the name of the history  file;  if  not,
	      the  value  of HISTFILE is used.	Options, if supplied, have the
	      following	meanings:
	      -c     Clear the history list by deleting	all the	entries.
	      -d offset
		     Delete the	history	entry at position offset.   If	offset
		     is	negative, it is	interpreted as relative	to one greater
		     than the last history position, so	negative indices count
		     back  from	 the  end  of  the history, and	an index of -1
		     refers to the current history -d command.
	      -d start-end
		     Delete the	range of  history  entries  between  positions
		     start  and	 end, inclusive.  Positive and negative	values
		     for start and end are interpreted as described above.
	      -a     Append the	``new''	history	lines  to  the	history	 file.
		     These  are	 history  lines	entered	since the beginning of
		     the current bash session, but not already appended	to the
		     history file.
	      -n     Read the history lines not	already	read from the  history
		     file  into	the current history list.  These are lines ap-
		     pended to the history file	since  the  beginning  of  the
		     current bash session.
	      -r     Read  the contents	of the history file and	append them to
		     the current history list.
	      -w     Write the current history list to the history file, over-
		     writing the history file's	contents.
	      -p     Perform history substitution on the  following  args  and
		     display  the  result  on  the  standard output.  Does not
		     store the results in the history list.  Each arg must  be
		     quoted to disable normal history expansion.
	      -s     Store  the	 args  in  the history list as a single	entry.
		     The last command in the history list  is  removed	before
		     the args are added.

	      If  the  HISTTIMEFORMAT variable is set, the time	stamp informa-
	      tion associated with each	history	entry is written to  the  his-
	      tory  file, marked with the history comment character.  When the
	      history file is read, lines beginning with the  history  comment
	      character	 followed  immediately	by  a digit are	interpreted as
	      timestamps for the following history entry.  The return value is
	      0	unless an invalid option is encountered, an error occurs while
	      reading or writing the history file, an invalid offset or	 range
	      is  supplied as an argument to -d, or the	history	expansion sup-
	      plied as an argument to -p fails.

       jobs [-lnprs] [ jobspec ... ]
       jobs -x command [ args ... ]
	      The first	form lists the active jobs.  The options have the fol-
	      lowing meanings:
	      -l     List process IDs in addition to the normal	information.
	      -n     Display information only about  jobs  that	 have  changed
		     status since the user was last notified of	their status.
	      -p     List  only	 the  process  ID  of  the job's process group
		     leader.
	      -r     Display only running jobs.
	      -s     Display only stopped jobs.

	      If jobspec is given, output is restricted	to  information	 about
	      that  job.   The	return status is 0 unless an invalid option is
	      encountered or an	invalid	jobspec	is supplied.

	      If the -x	option is supplied, jobs replaces any jobspec found in
	      command or args with the corresponding process group ID, and ex-
	      ecutes command passing it	args, returning	its exit status.

       kill [-s	sigspec	| -n signum | -sigspec]	[pid | jobspec]	...
       kill -l|-L [sigspec | exit_status]
	      Send the signal named by sigspec	or  signum  to	the  processes
	      named  by	 pid or	jobspec.  sigspec is either a case-insensitive
	      signal name such as SIGKILL (with	or without the SIG prefix)  or
	      a	 signal	 number; signum	is a signal number.  If	sigspec	is not
	      present, then SIGTERM is assumed.	 An argument of	-l  lists  the
	      signal  names.   If any arguments	are supplied when -l is	given,
	      the names	of the signals	corresponding  to  the	arguments  are
	      listed, and the return status is 0.  The exit_status argument to
	      -l  is  a	 number	 specifying either a signal number or the exit
	      status of	a process terminated by	a signal.  The	-L  option  is
	      equivalent  to -l.  kill returns true if at least	one signal was
	      successfully sent, or false if an	error occurs or	an invalid op-
	      tion is encountered.

       let arg [arg ...]
	      Each arg is an arithmetic	expression to be evaluated (see	ARITH-
	      METIC EVALUATION above).	If the last arg	evaluates  to  0,  let
	      returns 1; 0 is returned otherwise.

       local [option] [name[=value] ...	| - ]
	      For  each	 argument, a local variable named name is created, and
	      assigned value.  The option can be any of	the  options  accepted
	      by declare.  When	local is used within a function, it causes the
	      variable	name  to have a	visible	scope restricted to that func-
	      tion and its children.  If name is -, the	set of	shell  options
	      is  made	local to the function in which local is	invoked: shell
	      options changed using the	set builtin inside  the	 function  are
	      restored	to  their  original  values when the function returns.
	      The restore is effected as if a series of	set commands were exe-
	      cuted to restore the values that were in place before the	 func-
	      tion.   With no operands,	local writes a list of local variables
	      to the standard output.  It is an	error to use  local  when  not
	      within  a	function.  The return status is	0 unless local is used
	      outside a	function, an invalid name is supplied, or  name	 is  a
	      readonly variable.

       logout Exit a login shell.

       mapfile [-d delim] [-n count] [-O origin] [-s count] [-t] [-u fd] [-C
       callback] [-c quantum] [array]
       readarray [-d delim] [-n	count] [-O origin] [-s count] [-t] [-u fd] [-C
       callback] [-c quantum] [array]
	      Read  lines from the standard input into the indexed array vari-
	      able array, or from file descriptor fd if	the -u option is  sup-
	      plied.   The variable MAPFILE is the default array.  Options, if
	      supplied,	have the following meanings:
	      -d     The first character of delim is used  to  terminate  each
		     input  line,  rather than newline.	 If delim is the empty
		     string, mapfile will terminate a line when	it reads a NUL
		     character.
	      -n     Copy at most count	lines.	If count is 0, all  lines  are
		     copied.
	      -O     Begin  assigning  to  array at index origin.  The default
		     index is 0.
	      -s     Discard the first count lines read.
	      -t     Remove a trailing delim (default newline) from each  line
		     read.
	      -u     Read  lines  from file descriptor fd instead of the stan-
		     dard input.
	      -C     Evaluate callback each time quantum lines are read.   The
		     -c	option specifies quantum.
	      -c     Specify  the  number  of  lines read between each call to
		     callback.

	      If -C is specified without -c,  the  default  quantum  is	 5000.
	      When callback is evaluated, it is	supplied the index of the next
	      array element to be assigned and the line	to be assigned to that
	      element  as  additional  arguments.  callback is evaluated after
	      the line is read but before the array element is assigned.

	      If not supplied with an explicit origin, mapfile will clear  ar-
	      ray before assigning to it.

	      mapfile  returns successfully unless an invalid option or	option
	      argument is supplied, array is invalid or	 unassignable,	or  if
	      array is not an indexed array.

       popd [-n] [+n] [-n]
	      Removes entries from the directory stack.	 The elements are num-
	      bered  from  0  starting	at the first directory listed by dirs.
	      With no arguments, popd  removes	the  top  directory  from  the
	      stack, and changes to the	new top	directory.  Arguments, if sup-
	      plied, have the following	meanings:
	      -n     Suppresses	 the  normal change of directory when removing
		     directories from the stack, so that only the stack	is ma-
		     nipulated.
	      +n     Removes the nth entry counting from the left of the  list
		     shown  by	dirs, starting with zero, from the stack.  For
		     example: ``popd +0'' removes the first directory,	``popd
		     +1'' the second.
	      -n     Removes the nth entry counting from the right of the list
		     shown  by	dirs, starting with zero.  For example:	``popd
		     -0'' removes the last directory, ``popd -1'' the next  to
		     last.

	      If  the  top element of the directory stack is modified, and the
	      -n option	was not	supplied, popd uses the	cd builtin  to	change
	      to the directory at the top of the stack.	 If the	cd fails, popd
	      returns a	non-zero value.

	      Otherwise,  popd	returns	 false if an invalid option is encoun-
	      tered, the directory stack is empty, or a	non-existent directory
	      stack entry is specified.

	      If the popd command is successful, bash runs dirs	 to  show  the
	      final  contents of the directory stack, and the return status is
	      0.

       printf [-v var] format [arguments]
	      Write the	formatted arguments to the standard output  under  the
	      control  of  the	format.	 The -v	option causes the output to be
	      assigned to the variable var rather than being  printed  to  the
	      standard output.

	      The  format  is a	character string which contains	three types of
	      objects: plain characters, which are simply copied  to  standard
	      output,  character  escape  sequences,  which  are converted and
	      copied to	the standard output, and format	 specifications,  each
	      of  which	 causes	 printing of the next successive argument.  In
	      addition to the standard printf(1) format	specifications,	printf
	      interprets the following extensions:
	      %b     causes printf to expand backslash escape sequences	in the
		     corresponding argument in the same	way as echo -e.
	      %q     causes printf to output the corresponding argument	 in  a
		     format that can be	reused as shell	input.
	      %Q     like  %q, but applies any supplied	precision to the argu-
		     ment before quoting it.
	      %(datefmt)T
		     causes printf to output the  date-time  string  resulting
		     from  using  datefmt  as a	format string for strftime(3).
		     The corresponding argument	is an integer representing the
		     number of seconds since the epoch.	 Two special  argument
		     values  may  be used: -1 represents the current time, and
		     -2	represents the time the	shell was invoked.  If no  ar-
		     gument is specified, conversion behaves as	if -1 had been
		     given.   This  is an exception to the usual printf	behav-
		     ior.

	      The %b, %q, and %T directives all	use the	field width and	preci-
	      sion arguments from the format specification and write that many
	      bytes from (or use that wide a field for)	the expanded argument,
	      which usually contains more characters than the original.

	      Arguments	to non-string format specifiers	are treated as C  con-
	      stants, except that a leading plus or minus sign is allowed, and
	      if  the leading character	is a single or double quote, the value
	      is the ASCII value of the	following character.

	      The format is reused as necessary	to consume all	of  the	 argu-
	      ments.  If the format requires more arguments than are supplied,
	      the  extra  format  specifications  behave as if a zero value or
	      null string, as appropriate,  had	 been  supplied.   The	return
	      value is zero on success,	non-zero on failure.

       pushd [-n] [+n] [-n]
       pushd [-n] [dir]
	      Adds  a  directory to the	top of the directory stack, or rotates
	      the stack, making	the new	top of the stack the  current  working
	      directory.   With	no arguments, pushd exchanges the top two ele-
	      ments of the directory stack.  Arguments,	if supplied, have  the
	      following	meanings:
	      -n     Suppresses	 the  normal change of directory when rotating
		     or	adding directories to the  stack,  so  that  only  the
		     stack is manipulated.
	      +n     Rotates  the  stack  so  that the nth directory (counting
		     from the left of the list shown by	 dirs,	starting  with
		     zero) is at the top.
	      -n     Rotates  the  stack  so  that the nth directory (counting
		     from the right of the list	shown by dirs,	starting  with
		     zero) is at the top.
	      dir    Adds dir to the directory stack at	the top

	      After the	stack has been modified, if the	-n option was not sup-
	      plied,  pushd  uses the cd builtin to change to the directory at
	      the top of the stack.  If	the cd fails, pushd returns a non-zero
	      value.

	      Otherwise, if no arguments are supplied, pushd returns 0	unless
	      the  directory  stack  is	 empty.	  When	rotating the directory
	      stack, pushd returns 0 unless the	directory stack	is empty or  a
	      non-existent directory stack element is specified.

	      If  the  pushd command is	successful, bash runs dirs to show the
	      final contents of	the directory stack.

       pwd [-LP]
	      Print the	absolute pathname of the  current  working  directory.
	      The pathname printed contains no symbolic	links if the -P	option
	      is supplied or the -o physical option to the set builtin command
	      is  enabled.  If the -L option is	used, the pathname printed may
	      contain symbolic links.  The return status is 0 unless an	 error
	      occurs while reading the name of the current directory or	an in-
	      valid option is supplied.

       read [-ers] [-a aname] [-d delim] [-i text] [-n nchars] [-N nchars] [-p
       prompt] [-t timeout] [-u	fd] [name ...]
	      One  line	 is read from the standard input, or from the file de-
	      scriptor fd supplied as an argument to the -u option, split into
	      words as described above under Word  Splitting,  and  the	 first
	      word  is assigned	to the first name, the second word to the sec-
	      ond name,	and so on.  If there are more words  than  names,  the
	      remaining	words and their	intervening delimiters are assigned to
	      the  last	 name.	 If  there are fewer words read	from the input
	      stream than names, the remaining names are assigned  empty  val-
	      ues.   The  characters  in  IFS  are used	to split the line into
	      words using the same rules the shell  uses  for  expansion  (de-
	      scribed  above  under  Word Splitting).  The backslash character
	      (\) may be used to remove	any special meaning for	the next char-
	      acter read and for line  continuation.   Options,	 if  supplied,
	      have the following meanings:
	      -a aname
		     The words are assigned to sequential indices of the array
		     variable aname, starting at 0.  aname is unset before any
		     new  values  are  assigned.  Other	name arguments are ig-
		     nored.
	      -d delim
		     The first character of delim is used to terminate the in-
		     put line, rather than newline.  If	 delim	is  the	 empty
		     string,  read  will  terminate a line when	it reads a NUL
		     character.
	      -e     If	the standard input is coming from a terminal, readline
		     (see READLINE above) is used to obtain the	 line.	 Read-
		     line  uses	 the  current (or default, if line editing was
		     not previously active) editing settings, but  uses	 read-
		     line's default filename completion.
	      -i text
		     If	 readline  is  being  used  to	read the line, text is
		     placed into the editing buffer before editing begins.
	      -n nchars
		     read returns after	reading	nchars characters rather  than
		     waiting for a complete line of input, but honors a	delim-
		     iter  if fewer than nchars	characters are read before the
		     delimiter.
	      -N nchars
		     read returns  after  reading  exactly  nchars  characters
		     rather  than waiting for a	complete line of input,	unless
		     EOF is encountered	or read	times out.  Delimiter  charac-
		     ters  encountered	in the input are not treated specially
		     and do not	cause read to return until  nchars  characters
		     are  read.	  The result is	not split on the characters in
		     IFS; the intent is	that the variable is assigned  exactly
		     the characters read (with the exception of	backslash; see
		     the -r option below).
	      -p prompt
		     Display prompt on standard	error, without a trailing new-
		     line, before attempting to	read any input.	 The prompt is
		     displayed only if input is	coming from a terminal.
	      -r     Backslash does not	act as an escape character.  The back-
		     slash  is considered to be	part of	the line.  In particu-
		     lar, a backslash-newline pair may not then	be used	 as  a
		     line continuation.
	      -s     Silent mode.  If input is coming from a terminal, charac-
		     ters are not echoed.
	      -t timeout
		     Cause  read  to time out and return failure if a complete
		     line of input (or a specified number  of  characters)  is
		     not  read within timeout seconds.	timeout	may be a deci-
		     mal number	with a fractional portion following the	 deci-
		     mal  point.   This	 option	 is  only effective if read is
		     reading input from	a terminal,  pipe,  or	other  special
		     file;  it	has no effect when reading from	regular	files.
		     If	read times out,	read saves any partial input read into
		     the specified variable name.  If timeout is 0,  read  re-
		     turns  immediately, without trying	to read	any data.  The
		     exit status is 0 if input is available on	the  specified
		     file  descriptor,	or  the	read will return EOF, non-zero
		     otherwise.	 The exit status is greater than  128  if  the
		     timeout is	exceeded.
	      -u fd  Read input	from file descriptor fd.

	      If  no names are supplied, the line read,	without	the ending de-
	      limiter but otherwise unmodified,	is assigned  to	 the  variable
	      REPLY.   The  exit status	is zero, unless	end-of-file is encoun-
	      tered, read times	out (in	which case the status is greater  than
	      128),  a variable	assignment error (such as assigning to a read-
	      only variable) occurs, or	an invalid file	descriptor is supplied
	      as the argument to -u.

       readonly	[-aAf] [-p] [name[=word] ...]
	      The given	names are marked readonly; the values of  these	 names
	      may  not	be changed by subsequent assignment.  If the -f	option
	      is supplied, the functions corresponding to  the	names  are  so
	      marked.	The  -a	 option	restricts the variables	to indexed ar-
	      rays; the	-A option restricts the	variables to  associative  ar-
	      rays.  If	both options are supplied, -A takes precedence.	 If no
	      name  arguments  are  given,  or if the -p option	is supplied, a
	      list of all readonly names is printed.  The other	options	may be
	      used to restrict the output to a subset of the set  of  readonly
	      names.   The -p option causes output to be displayed in a	format
	      that may be reused as input.  If a variable name is followed  by
	      =word,  the  value  of  the variable is set to word.  The	return
	      status is	0 unless an invalid option is encountered, one of  the
	      names is not a valid shell variable name,	or -f is supplied with
	      a	name that is not a function.

       return [n]
	      Causes  a	function to stop executing and return the value	speci-
	      fied by n	to its caller.	If n is	omitted, the return status  is
	      that  of the last	command	executed in the	function body.	If re-
	      turn is executed by a trap handler, the last command used	to de-
	      termine the status is the	last command executed before the  trap
	      handler.	 If  return  is	executed during	a DEBUG	trap, the last
	      command used to determine	the status is the  last	 command  exe-
	      cuted  by	the trap handler before	return was invoked.  If	return
	      is used outside a	function, but during execution of a script  by
	      the  .   (source)	command, it causes the shell to	stop executing
	      that script and return either n or the exit status of  the  last
	      command  executed	 within	 the  script as	the exit status	of the
	      script.  If n is supplied, the return value is its least signif-
	      icant 8 bits.  The return	status is non-zero if return  is  sup-
	      plied  a non-numeric argument, or	is used	outside	a function and
	      not during execution of a	script by . or	source.	  Any  command
	      associated with the RETURN trap is executed before execution re-
	      sumes after the function or script.

       set [-abefhkmnptuvxBCEHPT] [-o option-name] [--]	[-] [arg ...]
       set [+abefhkmnptuvxBCEHPT] [+o option-name] [--]	[-] [arg ...]
	      Without  options,	display	the name and value of each shell vari-
	      able in a	format that can	be reused as input for setting or  re-
	      setting the currently-set	variables.  Read-only variables	cannot
	      be  reset.  In posix mode, only shell variables are listed.  The
	      output is	sorted according to the	current	locale.	 When  options
	      are  specified,  they  set or unset shell	attributes.  Any argu-
	      ments remaining after option processing are  treated  as	values
	      for the positional parameters and	are assigned, in order,	to $1,
	      $2,  ...	 $n.   Options,	if specified, have the following mean-
	      ings:
	      -a      Each variable or function	that is	created	or modified is
		      given the	export attribute and marked for	export to  the
		      environment of subsequent	commands.
	      -b      Report  the status of terminated background jobs immedi-
		      ately, rather than before	the next primary prompt.  This
		      is effective only	when job control is enabled.
	      -e      Exit immediately if a pipeline (which may	consist	 of  a
		      single  simple  command),	 a list, or a compound command
		      (see SHELL GRAMMAR above), exits with a non-zero status.
		      The shell	does not exit if the  command  that  fails  is
		      part  of	the command list immediately following a while
		      or until keyword,	part of	the test following the	if  or
		      elif  reserved  words, part of any command executed in a
		      && or || list except the command following the final  &&
		      or ||, any command in a pipeline but the last, or	if the
		      command's	 return	 value is being	inverted with !.  If a
		      compound command other than a subshell  returns  a  non-
		      zero  status because a command failed while -e was being
		      ignored, the shell does not exit.	 A  trap  on  ERR,  if
		      set,  is	executed  before the shell exits.  This	option
		      applies to the shell environment and each	subshell envi-
		      ronment separately (see  COMMAND	EXECUTION  ENVIRONMENT
		      above), and may cause subshells to exit before executing
		      all the commands in the subshell.

		      If  a  compound  command or shell	function executes in a
		      context where -e is being	ignored, none of the  commands
		      executed	within	the  compound command or function body
		      will be affected by the -e setting, even if  -e  is  set
		      and  a  command returns a	failure	status.	 If a compound
		      command or shell function	sets -e	while executing	 in  a
		      context  where -e	is ignored, that setting will not have
		      any effect until the compound  command  or  the  command
		      containing the function call completes.
	      -f      Disable pathname expansion.
	      -h      Remember	the location of	commands as they are looked up
		      for execution.  This is enabled by default.
	      -k      All arguments in the form	of assignment  statements  are
		      placed  in the environment for a command,	not just those
		      that precede the command name.
	      -m      Monitor mode.  Job control is enabled.  This  option  is
		      on  by  default  for  interactive	shells on systems that
		      support it (see JOB CONTROL above).  All	processes  run
		      in a separate process group.  When a background job com-
		      pletes, the shell	prints a line containing its exit sta-
		      tus.
	      -n      Read commands but	do not execute them.  This may be used
		      to  check	a shell	script for syntax errors.  This	is ig-
		      nored by interactive shells.
	      -o option-name
		      The option-name can be one of the	following:
		      allexport
			      Same as -a.
		      braceexpand
			      Same as -B.
		      emacs   Use an emacs-style command line  editing	inter-
			      face.  This is enabled by	default	when the shell
			      is interactive, unless the shell is started with
			      the  --noediting	option.	 This also affects the
			      editing interface	used for read -e.
		      errexit Same as -e.
		      errtrace
			      Same as -E.
		      functrace
			      Same as -T.
		      hashall Same as -h.
		      histexpand
			      Same as -H.
		      history Enable command history, as described above under
			      HISTORY.	This option is on by default in	inter-
			      active shells.
		      ignoreeof
			      The effect is as	if  the	 shell	command	 ``IG-
			      NOREEOF=10''  had	been executed (see Shell Vari-
			      ables above).
		      keyword Same as -k.
		      monitor Same as -m.
		      noclobber
			      Same as -C.
		      noexec  Same as -n.
		      noglob  Same as -f.
		      nolog   Currently	ignored.
		      notify  Same as -b.
		      nounset Same as -u.
		      onecmd  Same as -t.
		      physical
			      Same as -P.
		      pipefail
			      If set, the return value of a  pipeline  is  the
			      value  of	 the  last (rightmost) command to exit
			      with a non-zero status, or zero if all  commands
			      in  the pipeline exit successfully.  This	option
			      is disabled by default.
		      posix   Change the behavior of bash  where  the  default
			      operation	 differs  from	the  POSIX standard to
			      match the	standard (posix	mode).	See  SEE  ALSO
			      below for	a reference to a document that details
			      how posix	mode affects bash's behavior.
		      privileged
			      Same as -p.
		      verbose Same as -v.
		      vi      Use  a  vi-style command line editing interface.
			      This also	affects	the editing interface used for
			      read -e.
		      xtrace  Same as -x.
		      If -o is supplied	with no	option-name, the values	of the
		      current options are printed.  If +o is supplied with  no
		      option-name,  a  series  of set commands to recreate the
		      current option settings is  displayed  on	 the  standard
		      output.
	      -p      Turn  on	privileged  mode.   In this mode, the $ENV and
		      $BASH_ENV	files are not processed, shell	functions  are
		      not  inherited  from the environment, and	the SHELLOPTS,
		      BASHOPTS,	CDPATH,	and GLOBIGNORE variables, if they  ap-
		      pear  in	the environment, are ignored.  If the shell is
		      started with the effective user (group) id not equal  to
		      the  real	user (group) id, and the -p option is not sup-
		      plied, these actions are taken and the effective user id
		      is set to	the real user id.  If the -p  option  is  sup-
		      plied  at	 startup,  the effective user id is not	reset.
		      Turning this option off causes the  effective  user  and
		      group ids	to be set to the real user and group ids.
	      -r      Enable restricted	shell mode.  This option cannot	be un-
		      set once it has been set.
	      -t      Exit after reading and executing one command.
	      -u      Treat unset variables and	parameters other than the spe-
		      cial  parameters	"@"  and  "*", or array	variables sub-
		      scripted with "@"	or "*",	as an  error  when  performing
		      parameter	 expansion.   If  expansion is attempted on an
		      unset variable or	parameter, the shell prints  an	 error
		      message,	and, if	not interactive, exits with a non-zero
		      status.
	      -v      Print shell input	lines as they are read.
	      -x      After expanding each simple command, for	command,  case
		      command, select command, or arithmetic for command, dis-
		      play  the	expanded value of PS4, followed	by the command
		      and its expanded arguments or associated word list.
	      -B      The shell	performs brace expansion (see Brace  Expansion
		      above).  This is on by default.
	      -C      If  set,	bash  does not overwrite an existing file with
		      the >, >&, and <>	redirection operators.	 This  may  be
		      overridden when creating output files by using the redi-
		      rection operator >| instead of >.
	      -E      If set, any trap on ERR is inherited by shell functions,
		      command  substitutions,  and commands executed in	a sub-
		      shell environment.  The ERR trap is normally not	inher-
		      ited in such cases.
	      -H      Enable !	style history substitution.  This option is on
		      by default when the shell	is interactive.
	      -P      If  set,	the shell does not resolve symbolic links when
		      executing	commands such as cd that  change  the  current
		      working  directory.   It	uses  the  physical  directory
		      structure	instead.  By default, bash follows the logical
		      chain of	directories  when  performing  commands	 which
		      change the current directory.
	      -T      If  set,	any traps on DEBUG and RETURN are inherited by
		      shell functions, command substitutions, and commands ex-
		      ecuted in	a subshell environment.	 The DEBUG and	RETURN
		      traps are	normally not inherited in such cases.
	      --      If  no arguments follow this option, then	the positional
		      parameters are unset.  Otherwise,	the positional parame-
		      ters are set to the args,	even if	 some  of  them	 begin
		      with a -.
	      -	      Signal  the  end of options, cause all remaining args to
		      be assigned to the positional parameters.	 The -x	and -v
		      options are turned off.  If there	are no args, the posi-
		      tional parameters	remain unchanged.

	      The options are off by default unless otherwise noted.  Using  +
	      rather  than  -  causes these options to be turned off.  The op-
	      tions can	also be	specified as arguments to an invocation	of the
	      shell.  The current set of options may be	found in $-.  The  re-
	      turn  status  is always true unless an invalid option is encoun-
	      tered.

       shift [n]
	      The positional parameters	from n+1 ... are renamed  to  $1  ....
	      Parameters  represented by the numbers $#	down to	$#-n+1 are un-
	      set.  n must be a	non-negative number less than or equal to  $#.
	      If  n is 0, no parameters	are changed.  If n is not given, it is
	      assumed to be 1.	If n is	greater	than $#, the positional	 para-
	      meters  are not changed.	The return status is greater than zero
	      if n is greater than $# or less than zero; otherwise 0.

       shopt [-pqsu] [-o] [optname ...]
	      Toggle the values	of settings controlling	optional shell	behav-
	      ior.   The settings can be either	those listed below, or,	if the
	      -o option	is used, those available with the -o option to the set
	      builtin command.	With no	options, or with the -p	option,	a list
	      of all settable options is  displayed,  with  an	indication  of
	      whether or not each is set; if optnames are supplied, the	output
	      is  restricted to	those options.	The -p option causes output to
	      be displayed in a	form that may be reused	as input.   Other  op-
	      tions have the following meanings:
	      -s     Enable (set) each optname.
	      -u     Disable (unset) each optname.
	      -q     Suppresses	 normal	output (quiet mode); the return	status
		     indicates whether the optname is set or unset.  If	multi-
		     ple optname arguments are given with -q, the return  sta-
		     tus  is zero if all optnames are enabled; non-zero	other-
		     wise.
	      -o     Restricts the values of optname to	be those  defined  for
		     the -o option to the set builtin.

	      If  either  -s  or  -u  is used with no optname arguments, shopt
	      shows only those options which are set or	 unset,	 respectively.
	      Unless  otherwise	 noted,	the shopt options are disabled (unset)
	      by default.

	      The return status	when listing options is	zero if	 all  optnames
	      are  enabled, non-zero otherwise.	 When setting or unsetting op-
	      tions, the return	status is zero unless  an  optname  is	not  a
	      valid shell option.

	      The list of shopt	options	is:

	      assoc_expand_once
		      If  set, the shell suppresses multiple evaluation	of as-
		      sociative	array subscripts during	arithmetic  expression
		      evaluation,  while  executing  builtins that can perform
		      variable assignments, and	while executing	builtins  that
		      perform array dereferencing.
	      autocd  If  set,	a command name that is the name	of a directory
		      is executed as if	it were	the argument to	 the  cd  com-
		      mand.  This option is only used by interactive shells.
	      cdable_vars
		      If  set,	an  argument to	the cd builtin command that is
		      not a directory is assumed to be the name	of a  variable
		      whose value is the directory to change to.
	      cdspell If set, minor errors in the spelling of a	directory com-
		      ponent  in  a  cd	command	will be	corrected.  The	errors
		      checked for are transposed characters, a missing charac-
		      ter, and one character too many.	 If  a	correction  is
		      found,  the  corrected filename is printed, and the com-
		      mand proceeds.  This option is only used by  interactive
		      shells.
	      checkhash
		      If set, bash checks that a command found in the hash ta-
		      ble  exists  before  trying  to execute it.  If a	hashed
		      command no longer	exists,	a normal path search  is  per-
		      formed.
	      checkjobs
		      If set, bash lists the status of any stopped and running
		      jobs  before  exiting an interactive shell.  If any jobs
		      are running, this	causes the exit	to be deferred until a
		      second exit is attempted without an intervening  command
		      (see JOB CONTROL above).	The shell always postpones ex-
		      iting if any jobs	are stopped.
	      checkwinsize
		      If  set, bash checks the window size after each external
		      (non-builtin) command and,  if  necessary,  updates  the
		      values  of LINES and COLUMNS.  This option is enabled by
		      default.
	      cmdhist If set, bash attempts to save all	lines of  a  multiple-
		      line  command  in	 the  same history entry.  This	allows
		      easy re-editing of multi-line commands.  This option  is
		      enabled  by  default,  but only has an effect if command
		      history is enabled, as described above under HISTORY.
	      compat31
	      compat32
	      compat40
	      compat41
	      compat42
	      compat43
	      compat44
	      compat50
		      These control aspects of the shell's compatibility  mode
		      (see SHELL COMPATIBILITY MODE below).

	      complete_fullquote
		      If  set,	bash  quotes all shell metacharacters in file-
		      names and	directory names	 when  performing  completion.
		      If not set, bash removes metacharacters such as the dol-
		      lar  sign	from the set of	characters that	will be	quoted
		      in completed filenames when these	metacharacters	appear
		      in  shell	 variable references in	words to be completed.
		      This means that dollar signs in variable names that  ex-
		      pand  to	directories  will  not be quoted; however, any
		      dollar signs appearing in	filenames will not be  quoted,
		      either.	This  is  active only when bash	is using back-
		      slashes to quote completed filenames.  This variable  is
		      set  by  default,	 which is the default bash behavior in
		      versions through 4.2.

	      direxpand
		      If set, bash replaces directory names with  the  results
		      of  word	expansion when performing filename completion.
		      This  changes  the  contents  of	the  readline  editing
		      buffer.	If not set, bash attempts to preserve what the
		      user typed.

	      dirspell
		      If set, bash attempts spelling correction	 on  directory
		      names  during word completion if the directory name ini-
		      tially supplied does not exist.

	      dotglob If set, bash includes filenames beginning	with a `.'  in
		      the  results of pathname expansion.  The filenames ``.''
		      and ``..''  must always be matched explicitly,  even  if
		      dotglob is set.

	      execfail
		      If set, a	non-interactive	shell will not exit if it can-
		      not  execute  the	 file  specified as an argument	to the
		      exec builtin command.  An	 interactive  shell  does  not
		      exit if exec fails.

	      expand_aliases
		      If  set,	aliases	 are expanded as described above under
		      ALIASES.	This option is enabled by default for interac-
		      tive shells.

	      extdebug
		      If set at	shell invocation, or in	a shell	startup	 file,
		      arrange to execute the debugger profile before the shell
		      starts,  identical to the	--debugger option.  If set af-
		      ter invocation, behavior intended	for use	 by  debuggers
		      is enabled:

		      1.     The -F option to the declare builtin displays the
			     source file name and line number corresponding to
			     each function name	supplied as an argument.

		      2.     If	 the  command  run by the DEBUG	trap returns a
			     non-zero value, the next command is  skipped  and
			     not executed.

		      3.     If	 the  command  run by the DEBUG	trap returns a
			     value of 2, and the shell is executing in a  sub-
			     routine  (a shell function	or a shell script exe-
			     cuted by the . or	source	builtins),  the	 shell
			     simulates a call to return.

		      4.     BASH_ARGC	and BASH_ARGV are updated as described
			     in	their descriptions above).

		      5.     Function tracing is  enabled:  command  substitu-
			     tion, shell functions, and	subshells invoked with
			     ( command ) inherit the DEBUG and RETURN traps.

		      6.     Error  tracing  is	enabled: command substitution,
			     shell functions, and  subshells  invoked  with  (
			     command ) inherit the ERR trap.

	      extglob If set, the extended pattern matching features described
		      above under Pathname Expansion are enabled.

	      extquote
		      If  set,	$'string'  and	$"string" quoting is performed
		      within  ${parameter}  expansions	enclosed   in	double
		      quotes.  This option is enabled by default.

	      failglob
		      If  set,	patterns  which	fail to	match filenames	during
		      pathname expansion result	in an expansion	error.

	      force_fignore
		      If set, the suffixes  specified  by  the	FIGNORE	 shell
		      variable	cause words to be ignored when performing word
		      completion even if the ignored words are the only	possi-
		      ble completions.	See SHELL VARIABLES above  for	a  de-
		      scription	 of  FIGNORE.	This  option is	enabled	by de-
		      fault.

	      globasciiranges
		      If set,  range  expressions  used	 in  pattern  matching
		      bracket  expressions (see	Pattern	Matching above)	behave
		      as if in the traditional C locale	when  performing  com-
		      parisons.	  That	is, the	current	locale's collating se-
		      quence is	not taken into account,	so b will not  collate
		      between  A  and  B,  and upper-case and lower-case ASCII
		      characters will collate together.

	      globskipdots
		      If set, pathname expansion will never  match  the	 file-
		      names ``.''  and ``..'', even if the pattern begins with
		      a	``.''.	This option is enabled by default.

	      globstar
		      If set, the pattern ** used in a pathname	expansion con-
		      text  will  match	all files and zero or more directories
		      and subdirectories.  If the pattern is followed by a  /,
		      only directories and subdirectories match.

	      gnu_errfmt
		      If set, shell error messages are written in the standard
		      GNU error	message	format.

	      histappend
		      If  set,	the history list is appended to	the file named
		      by the value of the HISTFILE variable when the shell ex-
		      its, rather than overwriting the file.

	      histreedit
		      If set, and readline is being used, a user is given  the
		      opportunity to re-edit a failed history substitution.

	      histverify
		      If  set, and readline is being used, the results of his-
		      tory substitution	are  not  immediately  passed  to  the
		      shell  parser.   Instead,	 the  resulting	line is	loaded
		      into the readline	editing	buffer,	allowing further modi-
		      fication.

	      hostcomplete
		      If set, and readline is being used, bash will attempt to
		      perform hostname completion when a word containing  a  @
		      is   being  completed  (see  Completing  under  READLINE
		      above).  This is enabled by default.

	      huponexit
		      If set, bash will	send SIGHUP to all jobs	when an	inter-
		      active login shell exits.

	      inherit_errexit
		      If set, command substitution inherits the	value  of  the
		      errexit  option, instead of unsetting it in the subshell
		      environment.  This option	is enabled when	posix mode  is
		      enabled.

	      interactive_comments
		      If set, allow a word beginning with # to cause that word
		      and  all remaining characters on that line to be ignored
		      in an interactive	shell (see COMMENTS above).  This  op-
		      tion is enabled by default.

	      lastpipe
		      If  set,	and  job control is not	active,	the shell runs
		      the last command of a pipeline not executed in the back-
		      ground in	the current shell environment.

	      lithist If set, and the cmdhist option  is  enabled,  multi-line
		      commands are saved to the	history	with embedded newlines
		      rather than using	semicolon separators where possible.

	      localvar_inherit
		      If set, local variables inherit the value	and attributes
		      of a variable of the same	name that exists at a previous
		      scope before any new value is assigned.  The nameref at-
		      tribute is not inherited.

	      localvar_unset
		      If  set,	calling	 unset	on local variables in previous
		      function scopes marks them so  subsequent	 lookups  find
		      them  unset until	that function returns. This is identi-
		      cal to the behavior of unsetting local variables at  the
		      current function scope.

	      login_shell
		      The  shell  sets this option if it is started as a login
		      shell (see INVOCATION above).   The  value  may  not  be
		      changed.

	      mailwarn
		      If  set,	and  a file that bash is checking for mail has
		      been accessed since the last time	it  was	 checked,  the
		      message  ``The  mail in mailfile has been	read'' is dis-
		      played.

	      no_empty_cmd_completion
		      If set, and readline is being used, bash	will  not  at-
		      tempt  to	 search	the PATH for possible completions when
		      completion is attempted on an empty line.

	      nocaseglob
		      If set, bash matches  filenames  in  a  case-insensitive
		      fashion when performing pathname expansion (see Pathname
		      Expansion	above).

	      nocasematch
		      If  set,	bash  matches  patterns	 in a case-insensitive
		      fashion when performing matching while executing case or
		      [[ conditional commands, when performing pattern substi-
		      tution word expansions, or when filtering	possible  com-
		      pletions as part of programmable completion.

	      noexpand_translation
		      If  set,	bash encloses the translated results of	$"..."
		      quoting in single	quotes instead of double  quotes.   If
		      the string is not	translated, this has no	effect.

	      nullglob
		      If  set,	bash allows patterns which match no files (see
		      Pathname Expansion above)	to expand to  a	 null  string,
		      rather than themselves.

	      patsub_replacement
		      If set, bash expands occurrences of & in the replacement
		      string  of  pattern  substitution	to the text matched by
		      the pattern,  as	described  under  Parameter  Expansion
		      above.  This option is enabled by	default.

	      progcomp
		      If set, the programmable completion facilities (see Pro-
		      grammable	Completion above) are enabled.	This option is
		      enabled by default.

	      progcomp_alias
		      If  set,	and  programmable  completion is enabled, bash
		      treats a command name that doesn't have any  completions
		      as  a possible alias and attempts	alias expansion. If it
		      has an alias, bash attempts programmable completion  us-
		      ing the command word resulting from the expanded alias.

	      promptvars
		      If set, prompt strings undergo parameter expansion, com-
		      mand  substitution,  arithmetic expansion, and quote re-
		      moval after being	expanded  as  described	 in  PROMPTING
		      above.  This option is enabled by	default.

	      restricted_shell
		      The  shell  sets	this  option  if  it is	started	in re-
		      stricted mode (see RESTRICTED SHELL below).   The	 value
		      may  not be changed.  This is not	reset when the startup
		      files are	executed, allowing the startup files  to  dis-
		      cover whether or not a shell is restricted.

	      shift_verbose
		      If  set,	the shift builtin prints an error message when
		      the shift	count exceeds the number of positional parame-
		      ters.

	      sourcepath
		      If set, the . (source) builtin uses the value of PATH to
		      find the directory containing the	file  supplied	as  an
		      argument.	 This option is	enabled	by default.

	      varredir_close
		      If  set, the shell automatically closes file descriptors
		      assigned using the  {varname}  redirection  syntax  (see
		      REDIRECTION above) instead of leaving them open when the
		      command completes.

	      xpg_echo
		      If  set,	the  echo builtin expands backslash-escape se-
		      quences by default.

       suspend [-f]
	      Suspend the execution of this shell until	it receives a  SIGCONT
	      signal.	A login	shell, or a shell without job control enabled,
	      cannot be	suspended; the -f option can be	used to	override  this
	      and  force  the  suspension.   The return	status is 0 unless the
	      shell is a login shell or	job control is not enabled and	-f  is
	      not supplied.

       test expr
       [ expr ]
	      Return a status of 0 (true) or 1 (false) depending on the	evalu-
	      ation  of	 the  conditional  expression expr.  Each operator and
	      operand must be a	separate argument.  Expressions	 are  composed
	      of  the primaries	described above	under CONDITIONAL EXPRESSIONS.
	      test does	not accept any options,	nor does it accept and	ignore
	      an argument of --	as signifying the end of options.

	      Expressions  may	be  combined  using  the  following operators,
	      listed in	decreasing order of precedence.	  The  evaluation  de-
	      pends  on	 the  number of	arguments; see below.  Operator	prece-
	      dence is used when there are five	or more	arguments.
	      !	expr True if expr is false.
	      (	expr )
		     Returns the value of expr.	 This may be used to  override
		     the normal	precedence of operators.
	      expr1 -a expr2
		     True if both expr1	and expr2 are true.
	      expr1 -o expr2
		     True if either expr1 or expr2 is true.

	      test and [ evaluate conditional expressions using	a set of rules
	      based on the number of arguments.

	      0	arguments
		     The expression is false.
	      1	argument
		     The expression is true if and only	if the argument	is not
		     null.
	      2	arguments
		     If	the first argument is !, the expression	is true	if and
		     only  if the second argument is null.  If the first argu-
		     ment is one of the	 unary	conditional  operators	listed
		     above  under  CONDITIONAL	EXPRESSIONS, the expression is
		     true if the unary test is true.  If the first argument is
		     not a valid unary conditional operator, the expression is
		     false.
	      3	arguments
		     The following conditions are applied in the order listed.
		     If	the second argument is one of the  binary  conditional
		     operators listed above under CONDITIONAL EXPRESSIONS, the
		     result of the expression is the result of the binary test
		     using  the	first and third	arguments as operands.	The -a
		     and -o operators are  considered  binary  operators  when
		     there  are	 three arguments.  If the first	argument is !,
		     the value is the negation of the two-argument test	 using
		     the second	and third arguments.  If the first argument is
		     exactly ( and the third argument is exactly ), the	result
		     is	 the one-argument test of the second argument.	Other-
		     wise, the expression is false.
	      4	arguments
		     The following conditions are applied in the order listed.
		     If	the first argument is !, the result is the negation of
		     the three-argument	expression composed of	the  remaining
		     arguments.	  the  two-argument  test using	the second and
		     third arguments.  If the first argument is	exactly	(  and
		     the  fourth argument is exactly ),	the result is the two-
		     argument test of the second and third arguments.	Other-
		     wise, the expression is parsed and	evaluated according to
		     precedence	using the rules	listed above.
	      5	or more	arguments
		     The  expression  is  parsed  and  evaluated  according to
		     precedence	using the rules	listed above.

	      When used	with test or [,	the < and  >  operators	 sort  lexico-
	      graphically using	ASCII ordering.

       times  Print  the  accumulated  user and	system times for the shell and
	      for processes run	from the shell.	 The return status is 0.

       trap [-lp] [[arg] sigspec ...]
	      The command arg is to be read and	executed when  the  shell  re-
	      ceives signal(s) sigspec.	 If arg	is absent (and there is	a sin-
	      gle  sigspec) or -, each specified signal	is reset to its	origi-
	      nal disposition (the value it had	upon entrance to  the  shell).
	      If  arg  is the null string the signal specified by each sigspec
	      is ignored by the	shell and by the commands it invokes.  If  arg
	      is  not present and -p has been supplied,	then the trap commands
	      associated with each sigspec are displayed.  If no arguments are
	      supplied or if only -p is	given, trap prints the	list  of  com-
	      mands  associated	 with  each  signal.  The -l option causes the
	      shell to print a list of signal names  and  their	 corresponding
	      numbers.	 Each sigspec is either	a signal name defined in <sig-
	      nal.h>, or a signal number.  Signal names	are  case  insensitive
	      and the SIG prefix is optional.

	      If  a  sigspec  is  EXIT (0) the command arg is executed on exit
	      from the shell.  If a sigspec is DEBUG, the command arg is  exe-
	      cuted  before  every  simple command, for	command, case command,
	      select command, every arithmetic for  command,  and  before  the
	      first  command  executes	in a shell function (see SHELL GRAMMAR
	      above).  Refer to	the description	of the extdebug	option to  the
	      shopt builtin for	details	of its effect on the DEBUG trap.  If a
	      sigspec is RETURN, the command arg is executed each time a shell
	      function or a script executed with the . or source builtins fin-
	      ishes executing.

	      If  a  sigspec  is  ERR,	the command arg	is executed whenever a
	      pipeline (which may consist of a single simple command), a list,
	      or a compound command returns a non-zero exit status, subject to
	      the following conditions.	 The ERR trap is not executed  if  the
	      failed command is	part of	the command list immediately following
	      a	 while	or until keyword, part of the test in an if statement,
	      part of a	command	executed in a && or || list except the command
	      following	the final && or	||, any	command	in a pipeline but  the
	      last,  or	 if the	command's return value is being	inverted using
	      !.  These	are the	same conditions	obeyed by the errexit (-e) op-
	      tion.

	      Signals ignored upon entry to the	shell cannot be	trapped	or re-
	      set.  Trapped signals that are not being ignored	are  reset  to
	      their original values in a subshell or subshell environment when
	      one  is  created.	  The return status is false if	any sigspec is
	      invalid; otherwise trap returns true.

       type [-aftpP] name [name	...]
	      With no options, indicate	how each name would be interpreted  if
	      used as a	command	name.  If the -t option	is used, type prints a
	      string  which  is	 one  of alias,	keyword, function, builtin, or
	      file if  name  is	 an  alias,  shell  reserved  word,  function,
	      builtin,	or disk	file, respectively.  If	the name is not	found,
	      then nothing is printed, and an exit  status  of	false  is  re-
	      turned.	If the -p option is used, type either returns the name
	      of the disk file that would be executed if name  were  specified
	      as  a command name, or nothing if	``type -t name'' would not re-
	      turn file.  The -P option	forces a PATH search  for  each	 name,
	      even if ``type -t	name'' would not return	file.  If a command is
	      hashed, -p and -P	print the hashed value,	which is not necessar-
	      ily  the	file  that appears first in PATH.  If the -a option is
	      used, type prints	all of the places that contain	an  executable
	      named name.  This	includes aliases and functions,	if and only if
	      the -p option is not also	used.  The table of hashed commands is
	      not  consulted  when  using  -a.	The -f option suppresses shell
	      function lookup, as with the command builtin.  type returns true
	      if all of	the arguments are found, false if any are not found.

       ulimit [-HS] -a
       ulimit [-HS] [-bcdefiklmnpqrstuvxPRT [limit]]
	      Provides control over the	resources available to the  shell  and
	      to  processes started by it, on systems that allow such control.
	      The -H and -S options specify that the hard or soft limit	is set
	      for the given resource.  A hard limit cannot be increased	 by  a
	      non-root	user  once it is set; a	soft limit may be increased up
	      to the value of the hard limit.  If neither -H nor -S is	speci-
	      fied, both the soft and hard limits are set.  The	value of limit
	      can be a number in the unit specified for	the resource or	one of
	      the special values hard, soft, or	unlimited, which stand for the
	      current  hard  limit,  the current soft limit, and no limit, re-
	      spectively.  If limit is omitted,	the current value of the  soft
	      limit of the resource is printed,	unless the -H option is	given.
	      When  more  than	one  resource is specified, the	limit name and
	      unit, if appropriate, are	printed	before the value.   Other  op-
	      tions are	interpreted as follows:
	      -a     All current limits	are reported; no limits	are set
	      -b     The maximum socket	buffer size
	      -c     The maximum size of core files created
	      -d     The maximum size of a process's data segment
	      -e     The maximum scheduling priority ("nice")
	      -f     The  maximum  size	 of files written by the shell and its
		     children
	      -i     The maximum number	of pending signals
	      -k     The maximum number	of kqueues that	may be allocated
	      -l     The maximum size that may be locked into memory
	      -m     The maximum resident set size (many systems do not	 honor
		     this limit)
	      -n     The maximum number	of open	file descriptors (most systems
		     do	not allow this value to	be set)
	      -p     The pipe size in 512-byte blocks (this may	not be set)
	      -q     The maximum number	of bytes in POSIX message queues
	      -r     The maximum real-time scheduling priority
	      -s     The maximum stack size
	      -t     The maximum amount	of cpu time in seconds
	      -u     The  maximum  number  of  processes available to a	single
		     user
	      -v     The maximum amount	of virtual  memory  available  to  the
		     shell and,	on some	systems, to its	children
	      -x     The maximum number	of file	locks
	      -P     The maximum number	of pseudoterminals
	      -R     The  maximum  time	 a  real-time  process	can run	before
		     blocking, in microseconds
	      -T     The maximum number	of threads

	      If limit is given, and the -a option is not used,	limit  is  the
	      new  value  of  the  specified resource.	If no option is	given,
	      then -f is assumed.  Values are in 1024-byte increments,	except
	      for  -t,	which is in seconds; -R, which is in microseconds; -p,
	      which is in units	of 512-byte blocks; -P,	-T, -b,	 -k,  -n,  and
	      -u,  which  are unscaled values; and, when in posix mode,	-c and
	      -f, which	are in 512-byte	increments.  The return	 status	 is  0
	      unless  an  invalid  option or argument is supplied, or an error
	      occurs while setting a new limit.

       umask [-p] [-S] [mode]
	      The user file-creation mask is set to mode.  If mode begins with
	      a	digit, it is interpreted as an octal number; otherwise	it  is
	      interpreted  as a	symbolic mode mask similar to that accepted by
	      chmod(1).	 If mode is omitted, the current value of the mask  is
	      printed.	 The  -S  option causes	the mask to be printed in sym-
	      bolic form; the default output is	an octal number.   If  the  -p
	      option is	supplied, and mode is omitted, the output is in	a form
	      that may be reused as input.  The	return status is 0 if the mode
	      was  successfully	 changed  or if	no mode	argument was supplied,
	      and false	otherwise.

       unalias [-a] [name ...]
	      Remove each name from the	list of	defined	 aliases.   If	-a  is
	      supplied,	 all  alias definitions	are removed.  The return value
	      is true unless a supplied	name is	not a defined alias.

       unset [-fv] [-n]	[name ...]
	      For each name, remove the	corresponding  variable	 or  function.
	      If the -v	option is given, each name refers to a shell variable,
	      and  that	 variable  is removed.	Read-only variables may	not be
	      unset.  If -f is specified, each name refers to  a  shell	 func-
	      tion,  and the function definition is removed.  If the -n	option
	      is supplied, and name is a variable with the nameref  attribute,
	      name  will  be unset rather than the variable it references.  -n
	      has no effect if the -f option is	supplied.  If no  options  are
	      supplied,	 each  name refers to a	variable; if there is no vari-
	      able by that name, a function with that name, if any, is	unset.
	      Each  unset variable or function is removed from the environment
	      passed  to  subsequent  commands.	  If  any   of	 BASH_ALIASES,
	      BASH_ARGV0,  BASH_CMDS,  BASH_COMMAND,  BASH_SUBSHELL,  BASHPID,
	      COMP_WORDBREAKS, DIRSTACK,  EPOCHREALTIME,  EPOCHSECONDS,	 FUNC-
	      NAME,  GROUPS,  HISTCMD, LINENO, RANDOM, SECONDS,	or SRANDOM are
	      unset, they lose their special properties, even if they are sub-
	      sequently	reset.	The exit status	is true	unless a name is read-
	      only or may not be unset.

       wait [-fn] [-p varname] [id ...]
	      Wait for each specified child process and	return its termination
	      status.  Each id may be a	process	ID or a	job specification;  if
	      a	 job  spec  is given, all processes in that job's pipeline are
	      waited for.  If id is not	given,	wait  waits  for  all  running
	      background  jobs	and the	last-executed process substitution, if
	      its process id is	the same as $!,	and the	return status is zero.
	      If the -n	option is supplied, wait waits for a single  job  from
	      the list of ids or, if no	ids are	supplied, any job, to complete
	      and  returns its exit status.  If	none of	the supplied arguments
	      is a child of the	shell, or if no	arguments are supplied and the
	      shell has	no unwaited-for	children, the exit status is 127.   If
	      the  -p option is	supplied, the process or job identifier	of the
	      job for which the	exit status is returned	 is  assigned  to  the
	      variable	varname	 named	by  the	option argument.  The variable
	      will be unset initially, before any assignment.  This is	useful
	      only  when  the -n option	is supplied.  Supplying	the -f option,
	      when job control is enabled, forces wait to wait for id to  ter-
	      minate before returning its status, instead of returning when it
	      changes  status.	If id specifies	a non-existent process or job,
	      the return status	is 127.	 If wait is interrupted	by  a  signal,
	      the  return  status will be greater than 128, as described under
	      SIGNALS above.  Otherwise, the return status is the exit	status
	      of the last process or job waited	for.

SHELL COMPATIBILITY MODE
       Bash-4.0	 introduced the	concept	of a shell compatibility level,	speci-
       fied as a set of	options	to the shopt  builtin  (  compat31,  compat32,
       compat40,  compat41, and	so on).	 There is only one current compatibil-
       ity level -- each option	 is  mutually  exclusive.   The	 compatibility
       level  is intended to allow users to select behavior from previous ver-
       sions that is incompatible  with	 newer	versions  while	 they  migrate
       scripts	to  use	 current  features and behavior. It's intended to be a
       temporary solution.

       This section does not mention behavior that is standard for a  particu-
       lar  version  (e.g., setting compat32 means that	quoting	the rhs	of the
       regexp matching operator	quotes special regexp characters in the	 word,
       which is	default	behavior in bash-3.2 and subsequent versions).

       If  a  user enables, say, compat32, it may affect the behavior of other
       compatibility levels up to  and	including  the	current	 compatibility
       level.	The  idea  is  that each compatibility level controls behavior
       that changed in that version of bash, but that behavior may  have  been
       present	in  earlier versions.  For instance, the change	to use locale-
       based comparisons with the [[ command came  in  bash-4.1,  and  earlier
       versions	used ASCII-based comparisons, so enabling compat32 will	enable
       ASCII-based  comparisons	 as  well.  That granularity may not be	suffi-
       cient for all uses, and as a result users should	 employ	 compatibility
       levels  carefully.   Read the documentation for a particular feature to
       find out	the current behavior.

       Bash-4.3	introduced a new shell variable: BASH_COMPAT.  The  value  as-
       signed to this variable (a decimal version number like 4.2, or an inte-
       ger  corresponding to the compatNN option, like 42) determines the com-
       patibility level.

       Starting	with bash-4.4, Bash has	begun deprecating older	 compatibility
       levels.	 Eventually, the options will be removed in favor of BASH_COM-
       PAT.

       Bash-5.0	is the final version for which there  will  be	an  individual
       shopt  option for the previous version. Users should use	BASH_COMPAT on
       bash-5.0	and later versions.

       The following table describes the behavior changes controlled  by  each
       compatibility level setting.  The compatNN tag is used as shorthand for
       setting the compatibility level to NN using one of the following	mecha-
       nisms.	For versions prior to bash-5.0,	the compatibility level	may be
       set using the corresponding compatNN shopt option.   For	 bash-4.3  and
       later  versions,	 the  BASH_COMPAT variable is preferred, and it	is re-
       quired for bash-5.1 and later versions.

       compat31
	      	     quoting the rhs of	the [[ command's regexp	matching oper-
		     ator (=~) has no special effect

       compat32
	      	     interrupting a command list such as "a ; b	 ;  c"	causes
		     the  execution  of	 the  next  command  in	 the  list (in
		     bash-4.0 and later	versions, the shell acts as if it  re-
		     ceived  the  interrupt,  so interrupting one command in a
		     list aborts the execution of the entire list)

       compat40
	      	     the < and > operators to the [[ command do	 not  consider
		     the current locale	when comparing strings;	they use ASCII
		     ordering.	Bash versions prior to bash-4.1	use ASCII col-
		     lation  and strcmp(3); bash-4.1 and later use the current
		     locale's collation	sequence and strcoll(3).

       compat41
	      	     in	posix mode, time may be	followed by options and	 still
		     be	recognized as a	reserved word (this is POSIX interpre-
		     tation 267)
	      	     in	posix mode, the	parser requires	that an	even number of
		     single  quotes  occur  in	the  word portion of a double-
		     quoted parameter expansion	and treats them	specially,  so
		     that  characters  within the single quotes	are considered
		     quoted (this is POSIX interpretation 221)

       compat42
	      	     the replacement string in double-quoted pattern substitu-
		     tion does not undergo quote removal, as it	does  in  ver-
		     sions after bash-4.2
	      	     in	 posix mode, single quotes are considered special when
		     expanding the word	portion	of a  double-quoted  parameter
		     expansion	and  can  be  used to quote a closing brace or
		     other special character (this is part of POSIX  interpre-
		     tation  221);  in	later  versions, single	quotes are not
		     special within double-quoted word expansions

       compat43
	      	     the shell does not	print a	warning	message	if an  attempt
		     is	 made  to use a	quoted compound	assignment as an argu-
		     ment to declare (e.g., declare  -a	 foo='(1  2)').	 Later
		     versions warn that	this usage is deprecated
	      	     word  expansion  errors  are  considered non-fatal	errors
		     that cause	the current command to	fail,  even  in	 posix
		     mode  (the	 default behavior is to	make them fatal	errors
		     that cause	the shell to exit)
	      	     when  executing  a	 shell	function,   the	  loop	 state
		     (while/until/etc.)	 is not	reset, so break	or continue in
		     that function will	break or continue loops	in the calling
		     context.  Bash-4.4	and later reset	the loop state to pre-
		     vent this

       compat44
	      	     the shell sets  up	 the  values  used  by	BASH_ARGV  and
		     BASH_ARGC	so  they  can expand to	the shell's positional
		     parameters	even if	extended debugging mode	is not enabled
	      	     a subshell	inherits loops from  its  parent  context,  so
		     break  or	continue  will	cause  the  subshell  to exit.
		     Bash-5.0 and later	reset the loop state  to  prevent  the
		     exit
	      	     variable  assignments  preceding builtins like export and
		     readonly that set attributes continue to affect variables
		     with the same name	in the calling environment even	if the
		     shell is not in posix mode

       compat50
	      	     Bash-5.1 changed the way $RANDOM is generated  to	intro-
		     duce slightly more	randomness. If the shell compatibility
		     level  is	set  to	 50 or lower, it reverts to the	method
		     from bash-5.0 and previous	versions, so seeding the  ran-
		     dom  number generator by assigning	a value	to RANDOM will
		     produce the same sequence as in bash-5.0
	      	     If	the command hash table is empty, bash  versions	 prior
		     to	 bash-5.1 printed an informational message to that ef-
		     fect, even	when producing output that can	be  reused  as
		     input.  Bash-5.1  suppresses that message when the	-l op-
		     tion is supplied.

       compat51
	      	     The unset builtin treats attempts	to  unset  array  sub-
		     scripts  @	and * differently depending on whether the ar-
		     ray is indexed or associative, and	 differently  than  in
		     previous versions.

RESTRICTED SHELL
       If bash is started with the name	rbash, or the -r option	is supplied at
       invocation,  the	 shell becomes restricted.  A restricted shell is used
       to set up an environment	more controlled	than the standard  shell.   It
       behaves	identically  to	bash with the exception	that the following are
       disallowed or not performed:

             changing directories with	cd

             setting or unsetting the values of SHELL,	PATH,  HISTFILE,  ENV,
	      or BASH_ENV

             specifying command names containing /

             specifying  a  filename  containing  a / as an argument to the .
	      builtin command

             specifying a filename containing a slash as an argument  to  the
	      history builtin command

             specifying  a  filename containing a slash as an argument	to the
	      -p option	to the hash builtin command

             importing	function definitions from  the	shell  environment  at
	      startup

             parsing  the  value  of  SHELLOPTS from the shell	environment at
	      startup

             redirecting output using the >, >|, <>, >&, &>, and >>  redirec-
	      tion operators

             using the	exec builtin command to	replace	the shell with another
	      command

             adding  or  deleting builtin commands with the -f	and -d options
	      to the enable builtin command

             using the	 enable	 builtin  command  to  enable  disabled	 shell
	      builtins

             specifying the -p	option to the command builtin command

             turning  off  restricted	mode  with  set	 +r  or	 shopt	-u re-
	      stricted_shell.

       These restrictions are enforced after any startup files are read.

       When a command that is found to be a shell script is executed (see COM-
       MAND EXECUTION above), rbash turns off any restrictions	in  the	 shell
       spawned to execute the script.

SEE ALSO
       Bash Reference Manual, Brian Fox	and Chet Ramey
       The Gnu Readline	Library, Brian Fox and Chet Ramey
       The Gnu History Library,	Brian Fox and Chet Ramey
       Portable	Operating System Interface (POSIX) Part	2: Shell and Utili-
       ties, IEEE --
	      http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/
       http://tiswww.case.edu/~chet/bash/POSIX -- a description	of posix mode
       sh(1), ksh(1), csh(1)
       emacs(1), vi(1)
       readline(3)

FILES
       /usr/local/bin/bash
	      The bash executable
       /usr/local/etc/profile
	      The systemwide initialization file, executed for login shells
       ~/.bash_profile
	      The personal initialization file,	executed for login shells
       ~/.bashrc
	      The individual per-interactive-shell startup file
       ~/.bash_logout
	      The  individual  login shell cleanup file, executed when a login
	      shell exits
       ~/.bash_history
	      The default value	of HISTFILE, the file in which bash saves  the
	      command history
       ~/.inputrc
	      Individual readline initialization file

AUTHORS
       Brian Fox, Free Software	Foundation
       bfox@gnu.org

       Chet Ramey, Case	Western	Reserve	University
       chet.ramey@case.edu

BUG REPORTS
       If you find a bug in bash, you should report it.	 But first, you	should
       make  sure  that	 it really is a	bug, and that it appears in the	latest
       version	of  bash.   The	 latest	 version  is  always  available	  from
       ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/bash/		and	     http://git.savan-
       nah.gnu.org/cgit/bash.git/snapshot/bash-master.tar.gz.

       Once you	have determined	that a bug actually exists,  use  the  bashbug
       command	to submit a bug	report.	 If you	have a fix, you	are encouraged
       to mail that as well!  Suggestions and `philosophical' bug reports  may
       be  mailed  to  bug-bash@gnu.org	 or  posted  to	 the  Usenet newsgroup
       gnu.bash.bug.

       ALL bug reports should include:

       The version number of bash
       The hardware and	operating system
       The compiler used to compile
       A description of	the bug	behaviour
       A short script or `recipe' which	exercises the bug

       bashbug inserts the first three items automatically into	 the  template
       it provides for filing a	bug report.

       Comments	and bug	reports	concerning this	manual page should be directed
       to chet.ramey@case.edu.

BUGS
       It's too	big and	too slow.

       There are some subtle differences between bash and traditional versions
       of sh, mostly because of	the POSIX specification.

       Aliases are confusing in	some uses.

       Shell builtin commands and functions are	not stoppable/restartable.

       Compound	commands and command sequences of the form `a ;	b ; c' are not
       handled	gracefully  when  process  suspension  is  attempted.	When a
       process is stopped, the shell immediately executes the next command  in
       the  sequence.	It  suffices to	place the sequence of commands between
       parentheses to force it into a subshell,	which  may  be	stopped	 as  a
       unit.

       Array variables may not (yet) be	exported.

       There may be only one active coprocess at a time.

GNU Bash 5.2		       2022 September 19		       BASH(1)

NAME | SYNOPSIS | COPYRIGHT | DESCRIPTION | OPTIONS | ARGUMENTS | INVOCATION | DEFINITIONS | RESERVED WORDS | SHELL GRAMMAR | COMMENTS | QUOTING | PARAMETERS | EXPANSION | REDIRECTION | ALIASES | FUNCTIONS | ARITHMETIC EVALUATION | CONDITIONAL EXPRESSIONS | SIMPLE COMMAND EXPANSION | COMMAND EXECUTION | COMMAND EXECUTION ENVIRONMENT | ENVIRONMENT | EXIT STATUS | SIGNALS | JOB CONTROL | PROMPTING | READLINE | HISTORY | HISTORY EXPANSION | SHELL BUILTIN COMMANDS | SHELL COMPATIBILITY MODE | RESTRICTED SHELL | SEE ALSO | FILES | AUTHORS | BUG REPORTS | BUGS

Want to link to this manual page? Use this URL:
<https://man.freebsd.org/cgi/man.cgi?query=bash&sektion=1&manpath=FreeBSD+14.1-RELEASE+and+Ports>

home | help